Professional Documents
Culture Documents
No reproduction or use without express permission of editorial or pictorial content, in any manner. LEMO reserve the right at all times to modify and improve specifications without any notification.
Table of Contents
3 steps to select the right connector ................................................................................................................................................................................3 B Series (indoor, keyed) Part Numbering system .........................................................................................................................................................................................11 Metal Housing models ............................................................................................................................................................................................12 Elbow socket models..............................................................................................................................................................................................22 Plastic housing models...........................................................................................................................................................................................24 Watertight and vacuumtight models .......................................................................................................................................................................26 Bridge models ........................................................................................................................................................................................................29 Threaded-latching models ......................................................................................................................................................................................30 Alignment Key and Polarized Keying System ........................................................................................................................................................31 K Series (outdoor, keyed) Part Numbering system ..........................................................................................................................................................................................33 Metal Housing models ............................................................................................................................................................................................34 Watertight and vacuumtight models .......................................................................................................................................................................41 Alignment Key and Polarized Keying System ........................................................................................................................................................43 B and K Series Insert configuration, Housings, Insulators, Contacts .................................................................................................................................45 S Series (indoor, stepped insert) Part Numbering system .........................................................................................................................................................................................57 Metal Housing models ............................................................................................................................................................................................58 Elbow socket models..............................................................................................................................................................................................68 Plastic housing models...........................................................................................................................................................................................70 E Series (outdoor, stepped insert) Part Numbering system ..........................................................................................................................................................................................75 Metal Housing models ............................................................................................................................................................................................76 Watertight and vacuumtight models .......................................................................................................................................................................82 L Series (outdoor, stepped insert) Part Numbering system ..........................................................................................................................................................................................85 Metal Housing models ............................................................................................................................................................................................86 Vacuumtight models ...............................................................................................................................................................................................89 Alignment Key and Polarized Keying System ........................................................................................................................................................90 S, E and L Series Insert configuration, Housings, Insulators, Contacts .................................................................................................................................91 2G Series (indoor, keyed)...............................................................................................................................................................................................110 2C Series (indoor, stepped insert).................................................................................................................................................................................116 1D Series (indoor, 4 concentric contacts) ....................................................................................................................................................................124 Spare parts ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................130 Accessories .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................136 Tooling .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................146 Panel cut-outs .................................................................................................................................................................................................................152 PCB drilling pattern ........................................................................................................................................................................................................154 Cable assembly (B, K, S and E series) ...........................................................................................................................................................................161 Technical characteristics ...............................................................................................................................................................................................171
www.lemo.com
The LEMO self-latching system allows the connector to be mated by simply pushing the plug axially into the socket.
Once firmly latched, connection cannot be broken by pulling on the cable or any other component part other than the outer release sleeve.
When required, the connector is disengaged by a single axial pull on the outer release sleeve. This first disengages the latches and then withdraws the plug from the socket.
UL Recognition
LEMO connectors are recognized by the Underwriters Laboratories (UL). The approval of the complete system (LEMO connector, cable and your equipment) will be easier because LEMO connectors are approved.
CE marking
CE marking means that the appliance or equipment bearing it complies with the protection requirements of one or several European safety directives. CE marking applies to complete products or equipment, but not to electromechanical components, such as connectors.
RoHS
LEMO connector specifications exceed the requirements of the RoHS directives (2002/95/EC) of the European Parliament and the latest amendments. This directive specifies the restrictions of the use of hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment marketed in Europe. LEMO guarantees that its connectors are free of mercury, cadmium, lead, hexavalent chromium and polybromide biphenyl (PBB), polybromide diphenyl ether (PBDE), or DecaBDE.
www.lemo.com
B, K, S, E, L, G, C or D q
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 q
Model B Series (indoor, keyed) K Series (outdoor, keyed) S Series (indoor, stepped insert) E Series (outdoor, stepped insert) L Series (outdoor, keyed, stepped insert) G Series (indoor, keyed) C Series (indoor, stepped insert) D Series (indoor, 4 concentric contacts) 12 34 58 76 86 111 117 125
www.lemo.com
Series Environment Ingress 1) protection Ingress 2) protection Temperature range Latching Shell sizes Insulator type Contact type Features Page
C indoor IP50
outdoor or harsh environment IP66 to IP68 IP66 to IP68 vacuumtight - 55 to 200C Push-Pull self-latching IP50
IP50 - 40 to 120C
- 55 to 250C
6 metal
7 metal and 5 plastic Unipole or multipole hermaphroditic Solder or print Stepped insert 55 to 73 74 to 83
3 metal Multipole
Note: 1) Mated connector. See ingress protection code page 5. 2) Your device. For selection of connectors for watertight and vacuumtight devices, see page 5.
www.lemo.com
Degrees of protection - Second digit The second digit indicates the degree of protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against the harmful entry of various forms of moisture (e.g. dripping, spraying, submersion, etc.)
Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Second digit description No special protection Protection from vertically dripping water Protection from dripping water when tilted up to 15 Protection from sprayed water Protection from splashed water Protection from water projected from a nozzle Protection against heavy seas, or powerful jets of water Protection against temporary immersion Protection against complete continuous submersion in water
Fig. 1
your device
epoxy resin seal FGG plug K series EGG socket K series FGG plug B series HGG socket B series
Check temperature range (see section on pages 26, 41, 72, 82 and 89).
www.lemo.com
Number of contacts
Insert configuration
0S-0E-0L 1)
1S-1E-1L 1)
2S-2E-2L 1)
3B-3K
2B-2K
1B-1K
0B-0K
3S-3E
4S-4E
5S-5E
6S-6E
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 16 18 19 20 22 24 26 30 32 36 40 44 48 50 54 60 62 64 72 106
113 116 120 130 140 160 112 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 312 313 314 316 318 319 320 322 324 326 330 332 336 340 344 348 350 354 360 362 364 372 106 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.9 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.3/2.0 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 6.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 4.0
00
Unipole
4.0 6.0
4.0 6.0 12.0 6.0 6.0/4.0 4.0 4.0/3.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0/2.0 2.0 3.0/1.6 1.6 3.0/1.6 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 3.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2) 2.0 2.0 0.7
1.6 1.3
3.0
0.5 0.5
0.9
2.0 2.0
1.6 2.0 4.0 1.3 2.0 3.0 1.3 2.0 3.0 1.3 2.0/1.3 3.0/2.0 1.3 1.3 2.0 1.3/0.9 1.3 2.0/1.3 0.9 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.9 1.3 1.3 0.9 1.3 0.9 1.3 0.9 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
6.0 8.0
0.6
4.0/5.0
Multipole
1.6
0.5 0.5
1.3
0.7 0.7
0.9
Note: 1) L series not available in unipole version. 2) 2.0 is for 6S series, for 6E the values are 1.3 and 5.0.
6 www.lemo.com
1D ( C)
4B-4K
5B-5K
2G
2C
00
Solid AWG Section max. max. (mm2) 28 28 24 22 22 20 16 14 10 10 0.09 0.09 0.25 0.34 0.34 0.50 1.00 1.50 4.00 6.00
Fr 1) (N)
Note
Solder
0.5 0.45 0.73) 0.603) 0.7 0.80 0.9 0.80 1.3 1.00 1.6 1.40 2.0 1.80 3.0 2.70 4.0 3.70 5.0 5.20 6.0 5.20 8.0 7.00 12.0 11.50 0.55)
C
Crimp
A
0.7
fig. 1
0.9
1.3
A C
1.6 fig. 2
A C
0.45 0.80 0.45 1.10 0.80 0.45 1.40 1.10 0.80 1.90 1.40 2.40 1.90 2.90 4.00
30
40
50 65 75 90
Print
L A C
L dimensions and C are detailed in the section on PCB drilling pattern. See page 156 and 159.
Print (elbow)
A L
L dimensions and C are detailed in the section on PCB drilling pattern. See page 157 and 160.
Note: 1) contact retention force in the insulator (according to IEC 60512-8 test 15 a). 2) for 00 multipole series. 3) for S, E, 2C, 2G and 1D series. 4) for a given AWG, the diameter of some stranded conductor designs is larger than the solder cup diameter. Make sure that the maximum conductor diameter is smaller than C. 5) for 00 multipole series or for 0B and 1B series with male contacts.
www.lemo.com
Note: 1) for multipole only. 2) for unipole only. 3) for these series the maximum cable diameter require models with oversized cable collet (type K).
www.lemo.com
B SERIES
K SERIES (watertight)
B Series
B series connectors provide the following main features: security of the Push-Pull self-latching system solder, crimp or print contacts (straight or elbow) multiple key options to avoid cross mating of similar connectors 360 screening for full EMC shielding. Metal housing models (page 12)
Fixed plugs Straight plugs Fixed sockets Free sockets
multipole types 2 to 64 contacts high packing density for space savings keying system (G key standard) for connector alignment
FWG
FGG
EGG
ECG
PHG
FAG
FGG
ENG
ECG
PHG
Elbow plugs
JGG FHG FFG ESG EYG PKG FMG FNG EHG XPF EKG EZG PNG
Fixed sockets
Fixed coupler
FEG FKG RGG FDG EEG EJG
PFG
PEG
Elbow sockets
ECG
EPG
XBG, EXG
FGG
FGG
ENG FTG
FGY
FGY
ENY
CFF, CRG
HGG YHG
HHG
HEG
FVG
ESG
Elbow socket
SGG
HNG
HCG
HMG
FVB
XRB
10
www.lemo.com
Model: (page 12) Alignment key: (page 31) Series: (page 12) Insert configuration: (page 45)
Variant: (page 54) Contact: (page 50) Insulator: (page 50) Housing: (page 50)
Straight plug outer shell latch sleeve collet nut split insert carrier insulator male contact collet
outer shell earthing crown retaining ring hexagonal nut locking washer insulator female contact
www.lemo.com
11
Electrical
Characteristics Shielding efficiency at 10 MHz at 1 GHz Value > 75 dB > 40 dB Standard IEC 60169-1-3 IEC 60169-1-3
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 55 C, +250 C 10-2000 Hz, 15 g IEC 60512-4 test 6d 100 g, 6 ms IEC 60512-4 test 6c > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP50 IEC 60529 55/175/21 IEC 60068-1
Note: the various tests have been carried out with FGG and EGG connector pairs, with chrome-plated brass shell and PEEK insulator. Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171.
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (AM and R), cable collet
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A L M 20.5 26.0 32.0 38.0 43.0 57.0 78.0 S1 5.5 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 21.0 31.0 S2 5 7 9 12 14 20 30
Series 001) 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
6.4 28.5 9.5 36.0 12.0 43.0 15.0 50.0 18.0 58.0 25.0 75.0 35.0 103.0
S2
S1
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (AM), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 2)
Reference Model FGG FGG FGG FGG FGG FGG Series 001) 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B A 6.4 9.5 12.0 15.0 18.0 25.0 Dimensions (mm) L 28.7 35.0 42.0 49.0 56.5 71.0 M 20.7 25.0 31.0 37.0 41.5 53.0 S1 5.5 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 21.0 S2 6 7 9 12 15 20
~L ~M
S2
S1
Note: 1) the surface design of the 00 series is different. 2) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
Reference
~L
Model
~M
Series 0B
JGG
A
32.0 22.0
S2
S1
12
www.lemo.com
FFG Straight plug, non-latching, key (G) or keys (AM), cable collet
Reference Model
~L ~M
Series 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B
S2
S1
FNG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (AM and R), cable collet and lanyard release
Dimensions (mm) A 9.5 12.0 15.0 18.0 25.0 35.0 B L M 26.0 32.0 37.0 43.0 57.0 78.0 N 140 140 160 190 230 300 S1 8 10 13 15 21 31 S2 7 9 12 14 20 30
Series 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
~L ~M
15.5 36.0 18.0 43.0 21.0 49.0 25.0 58.0 32.0 75.0 42.0 103.0
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: cable material: stainless steel with Polyamide sheath.
S2 S1
FEG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (AL), cable collet, front seal and nut for fitting a bend relief 1) (IP 54 protection index when mated)
Reference
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 11.0 13.5 16.5 19.0 L 35.0 42.0 48.0 56.5 M 25.0 33.0 36.0 41.5 S1 8 10 13 15 S2 7 9 12 15
Series 0B 1B 2B 3B
S2
S1
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
FDG Straight plug, long version, key (G) or keys (AL), cable collet
Reference
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 12 15 L 68 79 M 57 67 S1 10 13 S2 9 12
Series 1B 2B
S2
S1
www.lemo.com
13
FIG
Straight plug for remote handling, key (G) or keys (AL and R), special alignment mark, knurled handling surface, cable collet
Reference Dimensions (mm) A 20 22 30 40 L 49 58 75 103 M 37 43 57 78 N 17.5 21.5 28.5 41.0 S1 13 15 21 31 S2 12 14 20 30 S3 15 18 25 35
Model
~L ~M
Series 2B 3B 4B 5B
S2
S1
S3
Reference Model FWG FWG FWG FWG Series 0B 1B 2B 3B A 14.0 18.0 19.5 25.0 B 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E 1.8 2.9 4.1 4.2 L 22.5 24.9 28.6 32.1 M 14.5 17.0 18.0 23.0 N1) 19.5 24.8 27.3 31.5 S1 S3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 11 14 17 22
E maxi
S1
P9 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts
FAG Fixed plug, non-latching, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM and R)
Reference
L maxi N S3 M
Dimensions (mm) A 8 10 14 18 22 29 40 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M25x1.0 M35x1.0 E 2.9 4.2 5.4 6.0 5.8 6.8 6.8 L 18.1 20.8 25.2 28.7 32.1 37.1 47.1 M 9.0 11.5 12.5 13.8 17.0 20.5 28.0 N1) 15.0 18.9 21.6 23.9 30.2 34.7 42.8 S1 S3 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 9 11 14 17 22 30
Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 5B series is delivered without locking washer or tapered washer and with a round nut.
FHG Elbow (90) plug, key (G) or keys (AM and R), cable collet
L S1 M
Dimensions (mm) A D H L M 16.5 21.6 25.0 29.5 35.0 49.0 65.0 S1 7 10 11 14 17 22 32 S2 5 7 9 12 14 20 30 S3 5.5 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 21.0 31.0
Series 001) 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
S3 S2
7.7 5.2 18.0 24.5 11.0 6.5 26.0 30.0 13.5 8.0 30.5 36.0 16.5 9.0 34.0 41.5 19.0 10.0 37.0 50.0 26.0 15.0 52.0 67.0 36.0 21.0 74.0 90.0
~H
M3 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: 1) the surface design of the 00 series is different.
14 www.lemo.com
L S1 M
FMG Elbow (90) plug, key (G) or keys (AM), cable collet and lanyard release, long key 1)
~H
Reference
S3 S2
Dimensions (mm) A 11 19 B 17 26 H L M N S1 10 17 S2 7 14 S3 8 15
Series 0B 3B
M3 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: 1) long key: only in 0B series and with key (G). Cable material: stainless steel with Polyamide sheath.
L S1 M
FKG Elbow (90) plug for remote handling, key (G) or keys (AL), special alignment mark, knurled handling surface, cable collet
Reference Dimensions (mm) A H L M N S1 S2 14 20 30 S3 15 21 31 S4 21 26 38
~H
S4 S3
S2
Series 3B 4B 5B
25 37.0 50.0 35.0 21.0 17 32 52.0 67.0 49.0 28.5 22 46 74.2 89.5 64.5 40.0 32
M3 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: dimension D is the same as for the FHG model.
EGG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM and R)
Reference
L maxi N S3 M
Dimensions (mm) A 8 10 14 18 22 28 40 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M25x1.0 M35x1.0 E 6.0 7.0 7.5 8.5 11.5 12.0 11.0 L 15.5 20.7 23.0 26.7 30.7 35.7 43.5 M 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 N1) S1 13.7 19.1 21.1 24.6 28.1 34.1 39.6 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 S3 9 11 14 17 22 30
Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 5B series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut.
ENG Fixed socket with earthing tag, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM)
L maxi N S3 M
Reference Model ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG Series 0B 1B2) 2B 3B 4B A 10 14 18 22 28 B 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E 7.0 7.5 8.5 11.5 12.0 L 20.7 23.0 26.7 30.7 35.7 M 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5 N1) S1 19.1 21.1 24.6 28.1 34.1 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 S3 11 14 17 22 30
E maxi
S1
maximum length with crimp contacts. for the 1B series the earthing tag is on the same side of the key.
15
EKG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AL and R), special alignment mark on the front
L maxi N S3 M
Reference Model EKG EKG EKG EKG Series 2B 3B 4B 5B A 18 22 28 40 B 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E 8.5 11.5 12.0 11.0 L 26.7 30.7 35.7 43.5 M 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 N1) S1 24.6 28.1 34.1 39.6 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 S3 17 22 30
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 5B series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut.
ESG Fixed socket with two round nuts, key (G) or keys (AL), long threaded shell (back panel mounting)
L maxi N
Reference
3.2 mini
Series 00 1B
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out 1B series (page 152) P2 Panel cut-out 00 series (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
EHG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM and R), and protruding shell
Reference Model
M
L maxi N S3
Dimensions (mm) A 8.0 10.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 40.0 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 40.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M35x1.0 E 2.0 2.0 4.0 5.1 7.1 2.5 L 15.5 19.5 21.7 22.7 30.7 43.5 M 8.5 12.5 12.0 12.5 13.5 28.0 N1) 13.7 19.1 21.1 24.6 30.3 38.5 S1 S3 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 33.5 9 11 14 17 22
Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 5B
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 5B series is delivered without locking washer or tapered washer and with a round nut.
EJG Fixed socket, press or adhesive fit, key (G) or keys (AM)
L maxi N M
Series 0B 1B 2B
P5 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
16 www.lemo.com
EEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM and R) (back panel mounting)
L maxi N P S1 M
Reference Model EEG EEG EEG EEG EEG EEG Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 5B A 10 12 16 20 24 41 B 9.5 12.5 16.0 20.0 25.0 40.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M35x1.0
Dimensions (mm) E 2.3 2.4 6.5 3.0 5.0 13.5 L 15.5 20.7 23.0 26.7 30.7 43.5 M 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 5.0 N1) P S1 S2
13.7 6.0 6.3 7.5 19.1 6.3 8.2 9.0 21.1 11.0 10.5 13.0 24.6 9.0 13.5 15.0 28.1 12.0 16.5 20.0 39.6 19.5 33.5 38.0
S2
E maxi
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 3B and 5B series are delivered with a conical nut. The 5B series is delivered without locking washer or tapered washer.
L maxi N P M
EFG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM), with two flats on the shell and O-ring (back panel mounting)
Reference Model Series 0B A B e Dimensions (mm) E L M N1) P 9 S2 8
EFG
ECG Fixed socket with two nuts, key (G) or keys (AM and R) (back panel mounting)
Reference
L maxi N S3 M
Dimensions (mm) A 10 12 16 20 24 30 41 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M25x1.0 M35x1.0 E 4.3 5.5 6.0 6.5 9.0 10.0 9.0 L 13.7 20.7 23.0 26.7 30.7 35.7 43.5 M 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 5.0 N1) 13.7 19.1 21.1 24.6 28.1 32.6 39.6 S1 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 S3 9 11 14 17 22 30
Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
S1
E maxi
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 3B, 4B and 5B series are delivered with a conical nut. The 5B series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut.
ECG Fixed socket with two nuts, key (G) or keys (AF and R) and straight contact for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
Reference
L S3 N M
Dimensions (mm) A 10 12 16 20 24 30 41 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e E M 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 5.0 N 13.7 16.4 19.8 21.8 25.8 29.8 36.8 S1 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 S3 9 11 14 17 22 30 P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) P15 PCB drilling pattern (page 154)
Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
S1
E maxi
M7x0.5 4.3 M9x0.6 5.5 M12x1.0 6.0 M15x1.0 6.5 M18x1.0 9.0 M25x1.0 10.0 M35x1.0 9.0
Note: this contact type is available for Eqq socket models fitted with female contacts. Length L depends on the number of contacts, see table on page 156. The 5B series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut. The 3B, 4B and 5B series are delivered with a conical nut.
www.lemo.com 17
ECG Fixed socket with two nuts, key (G) or keys (AF) with elbow (90) contact for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
Reference
L S3 N S1 M
Dimensions (mm) A 12 16 20 24 B e E M 2.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 N S1 max 18.3 8.2 20.3 10.5 22.3 13.5 25.8 16.5 S3 11 14 17 22
Series 0B 1B 2B 3B
20 mini
12.4 M9x0.6 2.4 15.8 M12x1.0 6.0 19.2 M15x1.0 6.5 25.0 M18x1.0 9.0
E maxi 2
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) P17 PCB drilling pattern (page 157) Note: this female contact type is available for all back panel mounting socket models. Length L depends on the number of contacts, see PCB drilling pattern on page 157. For male contacts, sockets are available upon request, with J, K or L keys. The 3B series is delivered with a conical nut.
EZG Straight socket for printed circuit, key (G) or keys (A, B)
Reference
B 3 0.5 0.7 N H
Model EZG
Series 00
EZG Straight socket for printed circuit, key (G) or keys (AF)
Reference Model
B
M 1.6 L N
Series 0B 1B 2B
P15 + P16 PCB drilling pattern (pages 154 and 156) Note: Length L depends on the number of contacts, see table on page 156.
EYG Fixed socket for printed circuit, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AF) (back panel mounting)
Reference Model
N L 9 S1 M 1.6 P M
Dimensions (mm) A B C D e E M N P S1
Series 0B 1B 2B
B D
12 10 12.5 7.62 M9x0.6 2.6 2.5 15.0 6.0 8.2 14 12 16.0 7.62 M11x0.5 5.0 3.5 19.0 10.0 20 15 19.5 10.16 M15x1.0 7.5 3.5 22.5 13.5 13.5
P1 Panel cut-out 0B and 2B series (page 152) P10 Panel cut-out 1B series (page 152) P15 + P16 PCB drilling pattern (pages 154 and 156)
E maxi
XPF Fixed socket, nut fixing, long shell, keys (F) for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
N L P M 5.08
Dimensions (mm) e E M N P 5 R 4
P2 Panel cut-out (page 152) P15 + P16 PCB drilling pattern (pages 154 and 156)
E maxi
Note: Length L depends on the number of contacts, see table on page 156.
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (AM and R), cable collet
Reference Model PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG Series 001) 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B Dimensions (mm) A 6.8 9.5 12.5 16.5 19.0 26.0 36.0 L 26.0 35.5 40.5 47.0 56.0 73.0 99.0 S1 5.5 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 21.0 31.0 S2 5 7 9 12 14 20 30
~L
S2
S1
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: 1) the surface design of the 00 series is different.
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (AM), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 2)
Reference Model PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG Series 001) 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B Dimensions (mm) A 6.8 9.5 12.5 16.5 19.0 26.0 L 34.0 34.5 39.5 46.0 54.5 69.0 S1 5.5 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 21.0 S2 6 7 9 12 15 20
~L
S2
S1
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: 1) the surface design of the 00 series is different. 2) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
www.lemo.com
19
PNG Free socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AL and R), cable collet with lanyard release
Dimensions (mm) A 12.4 16.5 19.0 26.0 36.0 B 18.4 22.5 26.0 33.0 43.0 L 40.5 47.0 56.0 73.0 99.0 N 140 160 190 230 300 S1 10 13 15 21 31 S2 9 12 14 20 30
Series 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
~L
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: cable material: stainless steel with Polyamide sheath
S2 S1
PKG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM and R), cable collet
Reference Model PKG PKG PKG PKG PKG PKG PKG Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B A 8 10 14 18 22 28 40 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e Dimensions (mm) E L M S1 S2 S3 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 5 7 9 12 14 20 30 9 11 14 17 22 30
~L S3 M
M7x0.5 6.5 26.0 1.0 M9x0.6 7.0 35.5 1.2 M12x1.0 7.5 40.5 1.5 M15x1.0 8.5 47.0 1.8 M18x1.0 11.5 56.0 2.0 M25x1.0 12.0 73.0 2.5 M35x1.0 11.0 99.0 3.0
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: the 5B series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut.
PFG Fixed socket, with two nuts, key (G) or keys (AM and R), cable collet (back panel mounting)
Reference Model PFG PFG PFG PFG PFG PFG PFG Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B A 10 12 16 20 24 30 41 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M25x1.0 M35x1.0 Dimensions (mm) E 5.3 5.0 5.0 6.5 9.0 11.0 10.0 L 26.0 35.5 40.5 47.0 56.0 73.0 99.0 M 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 5.0 S1 S2 S3 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 5 7 9 12 14 20 30 9 11 14 17 22 30
~L S3 M
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: the 3B, 4B and 5B series are delivered with a conical nut. The 5B series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut.
20
www.lemo.com
PEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AL), cable collet (back panel mounting)
~L P S1 M
Dimensions (mm) A 24 32 B e E L 56 73 M S1 S2 14 20 S4 20 27 P 12 20
Series 3B 4B
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: the 4B series has an o-ring on the flange.
S2
E maxi
S4
R Fixed coupler, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A and J) at the flange end and keys (J, K or M) at the other end
L S3 M
A E maxi S1
Reference
G RGG G
Contacts Type female female female female male female female male female male female male female female male female female male male female female male female male female male A B
Model RGG 1) RGG 2) RJG RGJ RAK RGM RGG 3) RJG RGJ RJG RGJ RGJ RGJ
Series 0B 0B
RJG
RGJ
0B
12 13.8 M10x0.75
8.0 34 2.0
9.0 12
RAK
1B 1B 2B 3B 4B
RGM
20 21.5 M16x1.00 12.0 44 4.0 15.0 19 25 27.0 M20x1.00 32.0 53 4.0 18.5 24 34 34.0 M25x1.00 50.0 65 4.0 23.5 30
P4 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) only available with two contacts. 2) only available with three and four contacts. 3) only available with three contacts. For this fixed coupler, the first contact type mentioned is always the one at the flange end. On request, these couplers can be produced in other series, with other keys.
www.lemo.com
21
Series
00
Series
0B, 1B
Type
1
302
2
2
1
Note: The surface treatment standards are as follows: Nickel: FS QQ-N-290A. Gold: ISO 4523
3
00
3 1 2
0B, 1B
3 1 2
303
Electrical
2
3 1
4 2
3 3
1
Model
305
2 3 4 5
Series
Types
0B, 1B
5 1 2 4 3
6 5 4
0B, 1B
6 1 5 2 4 3
306
2 3
6 7 5 4
0B, 1B
6 2 5 3 4 4
307
2 3
1B
1 7 1 6 2 3 5 4
308
1 2 7 3 8 6 4 5
1 8
0B
9 8 1 7 2 6 3 5 4 10 8 7 6 5
309
2 3
9 4 5
7 6
1B
310
1 8 2 9 7 3 10 6 4 5
EPG-XBG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG-EXG EPG
00 0B 0B 0B 0B 0B 0B 0B 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B
302-303-304 302 303 304 305 306 307 309 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 310 314
0.80 1.30 1.20 0.85 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.60 1.50 1.30 1.35 1.25 1.05 0.95 0.95 0.90 0.80
0.65 1.05 0.90 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.70 0.50 1.35 1.55 1.45 1.15 1.20 1.05 1.15 1.50 1.20
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178.
EPG Elbow (90) socket for printed circuit, key (G) or keys (AF) (solder or screw fixing)
12.7
A
L N K
Reference EPG.1B.314.NLN
A 11
D 21
36 15.4
Note: to replace the 4 ground pins by 4 screws (M1.6) add an S to the end of the part number. (e.g.: EPG.1B.314.NLNS)
0.7 0.6 M 1.6 D
22
www.lemo.com
Rated current (A)1) 2.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 2.0 2.0 1.5 1.0
00
0B, 1B
304
EPG Elbow (90) socket for printed circuit, key (G) or keys (AF) (solder or screw fixing)
Reference EPG.00.302.HLN EPG.00.303.HLN EPG.00.304.HLN EPG.0B.302.HLN EPG.0B.303.HLN EPG.0B.304.HLN EPG.0B.305.HLN EPG.0B.306.HLN EPG.0B.307.HLN EPG.0B.309.HLN EPG.1B.302.HLN EPG.1B.303.HLN EPG.1B.304.HLN EPG.1B.305.HLN EPG.1B.306.HLN EPG.1B.307.HLN EPG.1B.308.HLN EPG.1B.310.HLN Dimensions (mm) H I K L 7.0 8.7 19
7.1 5.08
25 11.7 7.62
L N K
27 12.6 7.62
P18 PCB drilling pattern 00 series (page 158) P19 PCB drilling pattern 0B, 1B series (page 158) Note: In the 0B and 1B series, it is possible to replace the 4 ground pins by 4 screws (M1.6) add an S to the end of the part number. (e.g.: EPG.0B.307.HLNS)
EXG Elbow (90) socket for printed circuit with two nuts, key (G) or keys (AF) (solder or screw fixing) (back panel mounting) XBG Elbow (90) socket fixing nut for printed circuit, key (G) or keys (A, B) (back panel mounting)
Reference XBG.00.302.HLN XBG.00.303.HLN XBG.00.304.HLN EXG.0B.302.HLN EXG.0B.303.HLN EXG.0B.304.HLN EXG.0B.305.HLN EXG.0B.306.HLN EXG.0B.307.HLN EXG.0B.309.HLN EXG.1B.302.HLN EXG.1B.303.HLN EXG.1B.304.HLN EXG.1B.305.HLN EXG.1B.306.HLN EXG.1B.307.HLN EXG.1B.308.HLN EXG.1B.310.HLN Dimensions (mm) E H I K
R S3
10 10.2 11.5 M7x0.5 2.1 3.5 7.0 8.7 19 2.5 7.1 5.08 9
12 12.4 14.6 M9x0.6 6.0 6.7 12.7 13.3 25 2.5 11.7 7.62 11
K L S3 M
14 15.0 16.6 M11x0.5 7.5 7.5 14.0 13.3 27 3.5 12.6 7.62 13
E maxi D
P2 Panel cut-out 00, 0B series (page 152) P10 Panel cut-out 1B series (page 152) Note: In the 0B and 1B series, it is possible to replace the 4 ground pins by 4 screws (M1.6) add an S to the end of the part number. (e.g.: EXG.0B.307.HLNS).
www.lemo.com
P18 PCB drilling pattern 00 series (page 158) P19 PCB drilling pattern 0B, 1B series (page 158)
23
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Colour Endurance Humidity Temperature range Sterilization resistance 1) Resistance to solvents PEEK natural (beige) > 5000 cycles Value PSU PPSU Standard
white or grey cream > 5000 cycles > 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 50 C/+250 C - 50 C/+150 C - 50 C/+180 C > 200 cycles ~20 cycles > 100 cycles IEC 60601-1 44.7 very good limited good
FGG Straight plug, key (G or J), cable collet, PEEK outer shell
Reference
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A L M S2 10 15 20
Series 1B 3B 4B
FGG Straight plug, key (G or J), cable collet, PEEK outer shell and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference
~L ~M
Series 1B 4B
13.5 42.2 31.2 10 for all collet type 26.0 83.2 65.2 20 only from collet M82 and up
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference.
S2
FGY Straight plug, keys (Y), cable collet and PSU or PPSU outer shell
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A L M S2 13 15 20
Series 2B 3B 4B
24
www.lemo.com
FGY Straight plug, keys (Y), cable collet and PSU or PPSU outer shell and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) Note on availability A L M S2 only for collet M42 and up only for collet D62 and up only for collet M82 and up
Series 2B 3B 4B
M1 Cable assembly (page 161) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
S2
ENG Fixed socket with earthing tag, nut fixing, key (G or J), PEEK outer shell
L maxi N S3 M
14 15.8 M12x1.0 7.5 23.0 1.5 21.1 10.5 14 22 25.0 M18x1.0 11.5 30.7 2.0 28.1 16.5 22 28 34.0 M25x1.0 12.0 35.7 2.5 32.6 23.5 30
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
ENY Fixed socket with earthing tag, nut fixing, keys (Y), PSU or PPSU outer shell
L maxi N S3 M
18 19.2 M15x1.0 8.5 26.7 1.8 24.6 13.5 17 22 25.0 M18x1.0 11.5 30.7 2.0 28.1 16.5 22 28 34.0 M25x1.0 12.0 35.7 2.5 32.6 23.5 30
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
Note: other models with plastic outer shell are available on request.
www.lemo.com
25
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Endurance Humidity Temperature range (00 to 1B) Temperature range (2B to 5B) Salt spray corrosion test Climatical category Leakage rate (He)1) Value Standard Characteristics 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B Value 60 bars 60 bars 60 bars 40 bars 30 bars 15 bars 5 bars Standard
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 20 C/+100 C - 20 C/+80 C > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f 20/80/21 IEC 60068-1 < 10-7 mbar.l.s-1 IEC 60512-7 test 14b
Note: 2) this value corresponds to the maximum allowed pressure difference for the assembled socket.
YHG Fixed plug, nut fixing, non-latching, key (G) or keys (AM)
L maxi S3 M
Reference Model YHG YHG YHG YHG Series 0B 1B 2B 3B A 13.0 16.0 19.0 22.0 B e
12.4 M9x0.6 2.4 15.8 M12x1.0 3.9 19.2 M15x1.0 5.5 25.0 M18x1.0 5.1
E maxi
S1
P9 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: this model does not include an O-ring behind the flange, it ensures only IP61 protection index. Consequently, it is not vacuumtight. Watertightness (when mated) is only ensured with HHG and HCG sockets.
HGG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM and R), watertight or vacuumtight
Reference
L maxi S3 M
Dimensions (mm) A 11 13 18 20 25 34 45 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 e E L M S1 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 S3 9 11 14 17 22 30
Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
E maxi
S1
M7x0.5 8.0 18.0 1.5 M9x0.6 7.0 20.2 3.0 M12x1.0 7.0 26.6 4.5 M15x1.0 8.0 31.6 4.0 M18x1.0 11.5 36.1 4.0 M25x1.0 11.0 43.1 4.0 M35x1.0 11.0 53.6 5.0
P9 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: the 5B series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut.
26
www.lemo.com
HNG Fixed socket, nut fixing, with earthing tag, key (G) or keys (AM), watertight or vacuumtight
Reference
L maxi S3 M
Model HNG
Series 0B
13 12.4 M9x0.6
E maxi
S1
HHG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM), watertight or vacuumtight (watertight when mated)
Reference
L maxi S3 M
Series 0B 1B 2B 3B
12.4 M9x0.6 7.0 15.8 M12x1.0 7.0 19.2 M15x1.0 8.0 25.0 M18x1.0 11.5
Note: this model ensures watertightness (IP66) in the mating area when mated with FGG or similar plug.
HCG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM), watertight or vacuumtight (watertight when mated) (back panel mounting)
Reference
L maxi P F maxi M
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 24 B C e e1 E F L M P S1
Series 0B 1B 2B
e1
18 12.0 M14x1.0 M9x0.6 3.9 1.0 23.2 3.5 7.5 12.5 20 14.5 M16x1.0 M12x1.0 6.2 2.0 30.3 3.5 10.0 14.5 24 17.5 M19x1.0 M14x1.0 6.7 1.5 35.6 3.5 11.3 17.0
Note: this model ensures watertightness (IP66) in the mating area when mated with FGG or similar plug.
HEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM), watertight or vacuumtight (back panel mounting)
Reference
L maxi
Model
P
M
Series 00 0B 1B 2B
S2 S1
2.5 6.0 6.3 2.5 9.0 8.2 3.5 11.0 10.5 3.5 9.6 13.5
www.lemo.com
27
HMG Fixed socket with earthing tag, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (AM), watertight or vacuumtight (back panel mounting)
L maxi
P
S1 M
Dimensions (mm) e E L M P S1
E maxi
11 M7x0.5 2.5 18.0 13 M9x0.6 5.5 20.2 18 M12x1.0 5.5 26.6 20 M15x1.0 5.5 31.6 25 M18x1.0 7.5 36.1
2.5 6.0 6.3 2.5 9.0 8.2 3.5 11.0 10.5 3.5 9.6 13.5 4.5 14.0 16.5
P9 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) the surface design of the 2B series is different. The 3B series is delivered with a conical nut.
S Fixed coupler, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A, B, J, K and L) at the flange end and key (G) or keys (A, B, J, K and L) at the other end, watertight or vacuumtight
L S3 S1 M
E maxi
Reference Model
G SGJ J
Contacts Type female male male female female male male female female male male female female male male female female male female male female male female male female male male female female male male female male female male female female male female male A B
Series 0B 1B 2B
SJG
SKA
SLB
SAK
SBL
SGJ SJG SGJ SJG SGJ SJG SGJ SJG SAK SBL SAK SBL SGJ SJG SGJ SJG SKA SLB SAK SBL
3B
25 27.0 M20x1.00 30
53
4.0 18.5
24
4B
34 34.0 M25x1.00 50
65
4.0 23.5
30
5B
45 40.0 M35x1.00 58
80
5.0 33.5
Note: for this fixed coupler, the first contact type mentioned is always the one at the flange end. On request these couplers can be produced in other series, with other keys. The 5B series is delivered with a round nut.
28
www.lemo.com
Bridge models
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Endurance Working temperature Value Standard
Electrical
Characteristics Contact resistance Value < 6 m Standard IEC 60512-2 test 2a Audio-Stereo
Component Plastic housing Metallic parts Insulator Male contact Female contact
Surface treat. (m) Cu Ni Cr Au 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 3 3 3 1.0 1.5 0.3
Series
Reference
Note: the surface treatment standards are as follows: Nickel: FS QQ-N-290A, chrome: FS QQ-C-320B, gold: ISO 4523
0B 0B 0B 0B 0B 1B 1B 1B 1B
q q q q q q
q q q
CFF
CRG
Note: the last letter of the part number indicates the colour of the housing. Ex. G (standard) is grey. To obtain another colour, replace this letter by the letter corresponding to the selected colour (see table on page 54). 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
CRG Bridge plug with two non-latching plugs, and monitoring socket, key (G) or keys (AM)
Reference Dimensions (mm) A 13.5 15.0 B 14 20 H L M N
Series 0B 1B
L maxi
Note: in order to provide the user with a coding system, the bridge plug housing, the double panel washers and the bend reliefs are available in nine colours.
Number of contacts
Reference
37.8 15 27.8
2 3 4 Type 303
4 4 3
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178.
1 4 3
Type 304
1 2 3 2
24
12
4 2 3 1 2 3
1 2
1 2
1 2
www.lemo.com
Audio-Mono
29
Threaded-latching models
FVG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (B), cable collet
Reference
~L ~M
Model FVG
A
Series 00
Note: to be ordered with nut for fitting a bend relief to obtain the rating IP 64.
S1
S2
ESG Fixed socket with two round nuts, key (G) or keys (B), long threaded shell (back panel mounting)
L maxi N M 3.2 mini 1)
ESG
E maxi
P2 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) minimum length of free thread to ensure mating.
FVB Straight plug, keys (B), short shell for special cable crimping and for fitting a bend relief
Reference
L M
Model FVB
A
Series 00
Note: after assembly the special bend relief GMF.00.018.D (to be ordered separately) is to be fitted.
1.2
2.05
XRB Elbow (90) socket for printed circuit, keys (B), short shell with one nut, screw fixing (back panel mounting)
5.5 = =
L P M 3.2 mini 1)
Series 00
P2 Panel cut-out (page 152) P18 PCB drilling pattern for contact only (page 158) Note: 1) minimum length of free thread to ensure mating.
2 x M 1.4
30
www.lemo.com
Nb of keys 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Nb of keys 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
G A B C D E F J K L M Y Reference
(5 B
G A B C D E F J K L M Y Reference
Angles
Nb of keys
Angles
Nb of keys
male
female
Note: FTG, FGY, ENY models are not available with all the keys. Please consult pages corresponding to these models. For Rqq models see explanation on page 21 and for Sqq models see explanation on page 28. 1) only FGY and ENY models are available. q First choice alternative q Special order alternative
www.lemo.com
31
K Series
K series connectors have been specifically designed for outdoor applications. They include an inner sleeve and two seals to prevent penetration of solids or liquids into the housing formed by the plug, free socket, fixed socket or coupler. All models of this series are watertight when mated to give a protection index of IP68 as per IEC 60529 standard (in mated condition) when correctly assembled to an appropriate cable (IP66 otherwise). K series connectors have the same insulators as the B series and have the following main features: security of the Push-Pull latching system watertight connection (IP 68/IP 66) multipole types 2 to 64 contacts solder, crimp or print (straight or elbow) contacts keying system (G key standard) multiple key options to avoid cross mating for connector alignment of similar connectors 360 screening for full EMC shielding high packing density for space savings rugged housing for extreme working conditions. Metal housing models (page 34)
Fixed plugs Straight plugs Fixed sockets Free sockets Free coupler
FXG
FGG
EGG
EBG
PHG
TGL
Elbow plug
FGG FHG
EEG
EHG
PHG
FTG
Fixed sockets
FNG
EEG
EVG PKG
EEG PBG
HGG
HEG
32
www.lemo.com
Model: (page 34) Alignment key: (page 43) Series: (page 34) Insert configuration: (page 45)
Variant: (page 54) Contact: (page 50) Insulator: (page 50) Housing: (page 50)
Electrical
Characteristics Shielding efficiency at 10 MHz at 1 GHz Value > 95 dB > 80 dB Standard IEC 60169-1-3 IEC 60169-1-3
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 55 C, +200 C 10-2000 Hz, 15 g IEC 60512-4 test 6d 100 g, 6 ms IEC 60512-4 test 6c > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP 68/IP 66 IEC 60529 50/175/21 IEC 60068-1
Note: the various tests have been carried out with FGG and EGG connector pairs, with chrome-plated brass shell, PEEK insulator and silicone O-ring. Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171. 1) minimum operating temperature is -20C for sockets fitted with an FPM (Viton) O-ring. 2) IP68 achieved providing that the cable is perfectly circular and that assembly process ensures a high integrity seal.
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet
Reference Model
~L ~M
Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K
S2
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet and oversize cable collet 1)
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 13 16 19 25 B L M 46 52 65 99 S1 12 15 19 30 S2 12 15 19 32
Series 1K 2K 3K 4K
M2 Cable assembly (page 163) Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 53).
S2
S1
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model
~L ~M
Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K
S2
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
www.lemo.com
34
FNG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (A to F and L), cable collet and lanyard release
Reference
~L ~M
Series 2K 4K
M1 Cable assembly (page 162) Note: cable material: stainless steel with Polyamide sheath
S2
FXG Fixed plug with round flange, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R) and screw fixing
Reference
~L P H M
Dimensions (mm) A 38 47 65 B 22.5 28.5 42.5 G 3.4 3.4 4.4 H 20.6 27.0 38.0 L M P S2 15 19 30
Series 3K 4K 5K
P6 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: this model does not include an O-ring behind the flange, it allows the device on which it is fitted to reach only IP50 protection index. It does not have a cable collet.
S2
FAG Fixed plug, nut fixing, non-latching, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R)
L maxi N S3 M
Reference Model FAG FAG FAG FAG FAG Series 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K A 20 25 31 37 55 B 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E 2.3 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 L 22.6 33.6 34.3 35.3 43.5 M 16.0 18.0 22.5 23.0 28.5 N1) 22.5 28.3 33.8 36.3 42.3 S1 S3 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 42.5 19 24 30 36
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 1K series is delivered with a locking washer. The 5K series is delivered with a round nut.
FHG Elbow (90) plug, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet
~L S1 ~M
Reference Model
A
Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K
S3 S2
11.5 7.6 14.0 8.8 17.5 10.5 21.0 11.5 27.5 15.5
~H
Reference Model EGG EGG EGG EGG EGG EGG Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K A 18 20 25 31 37 55 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E L M N1) 20.1 25.1 28.6 33.6 38.6 43.6 S1 S3 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 42.5 17 19 24 30 36
M14x1.0 6 21.7 4.0 M16x1.0 9 27.0 4.5 M20x1.0 9 30.7 5.0 M24x1.0 11 36.2 6.0 M30x1.0 9 40.2 6.5 M45x1.5 10 47.5 9.0
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 5K series is delivered with a round nut.
L maxi N S3 M
ENG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R) and earthing tag
Reference Model Series 3K A 31 B e Dimensions (mm) E L M 6 N1) S1 S3
ENG
33.6 22.5 30
EEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R) (back panel mounting)
L maxi N P S1 M
Reference Model EEG EEG EEG EEG EEG Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K A 18.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 41.5 B 18 20 25 31 37 e
Dimensions (mm) E 3.4 6.2 5.0 7.5 6.0 L 21.7 27.0 30.7 36.2 40.2 M N1) 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 7.0 P S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5
20.1 7.0 25.1 10.0 28.6 10.0 33.6 12.0 38.6 13.5
E maxi
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts. The 3K and 4K series are delivered with a conical nut.
EEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F and R) with straight print contacts for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
L
Reference
N P S1 M
Dimensions (mm) A 18.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 41.5 B 18 20 25 31 37 e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 M30x1.0 E 3.4 6.2 5.0 7.5 6.0 M 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 7.0 N P S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5
Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K
17.6 7.0 23.8 10.0 25.8 10.0 31.3 12.0 34.3 13.5
P15 PCB drilling pattern (page 154) Note: this contact type is available for Eq q socket models fitted with female contact. Length L depends on the number of contacts, see table page 156. The 3K and 4K series are delivered with a conical nut.
36 www.lemo.com
N P S1 M
EEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F and R) with elbow (90) contacts for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
Reference Model EEG EEG EEG EEG Series 0K 1K 2K 3K A 18 20 25 30 B 18 20 25 31 Dimensions (mm) e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 E 3.4 6.2 5.0 7.5 M 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 N 19.3 24.3 26.6 31.3 P 7 10 10 12 S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5
20 mini
E maxi
P17 PCB drilling pattern (page 157) Note: length L depends on the number of contacts, see PCB drilling pattern page 157. The 3K series is delivered with a conical nut.
EBG Fixed socket with square flange, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R) and screw fixing
L A H N M
EDG Fixed socket with square flange, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), protruding shell and earthing tag, screw fixing
Reference
A H N M
Model EDG
C
Series 3K
P7 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
L maxi N S4 M
EHG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F and L), protruding shell
Reference Model EHG EHG EHG Series 0K 1K 2K A B e Dimensions (mm) E L M N1) S1 S3 S4
18 19.2 M14x1.0 1.5 21.7 10.5 20.1 12.5 17 15 20 21.5 M16x1.0 1.5 27.0 15.5 25.1 14.5 19 17 25 27.0 M20x1.0 1.5 30.7 17.0 27.1 18.5 24 20
S 3 E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
www.lemo.com
37
L maxi N M S3
EVG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F and L) and dust cap (spring loaded)
EVG
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet
Reference Model PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K Dimensions (mm) A 13 15 19 23 29 42 L 34.0 45.0 54.0 65.0 75.5 95.0 S2 8 9 12 15 19 32
~L
S2
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet and oversize cable collet 1)
Reference Model PHG PHG PHG PHG Series 1K 2K 3K 4K A 15 19 23 29 Dimensions (mm) B 14.5 17.0 22.0 36.0 L 63 70 89 124 S1 12 15 19 30 S2 12 15 19 32
~L
Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 53).
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model PHG PHG PHG PHG PHG Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K Dimensions (mm) A 13 15 19 23 29 L 34.0 45.0 54.0 64.0 75.5 S2 7 9 12 15 19
~L
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
38 www.lemo.com
PKG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet
Reference Model PKG PKG PKG PKG PKG PKG Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K A 18 20 25 31 37 55 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0 e Dimensions (mm) E L 34.0 45.0 54.0 65.0 75.5 98.0 M 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 6.5 9.0 S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 42.5 S2 8 9 12 15 19 30 S3 17 19 24 30 36
~L S3 M
M14x1.0 6.0 M16x1.0 9.0 M20x1.0 9.0 M24x1.0 11.5 M30x1.0 9.0 M45x1.0 15.0
M1 Cable assembly (page 162) Note: the 5K series is delivered with a round nut.
PBG Fixed socket, key (G) with square flange, cable collet and screw fixing
A H
~L M
Series 3K
65 22.5 15
S2
PEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F, L and R), cable collet (back panel mounting)
Reference
~L P S1 M
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 25 30 B 18 20 25 31 e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 E 5.0 6.5 4.0 7.5 L 34 45 54 65 M 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 P 8.5 10.0 7.5 12.0 S1 S2 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 8 9 12 15
Series 0K 1K 2K 3K
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) M1 Cable assembly (page 162) Note: the 3K series is delivered with a conical nut.
S2
E maxi
www.lemo.com
39
TGL Free coupler, key (G) on one side and keys (L) on the other
A TGL.3K.3qq.CLLP
A
L 64.2
24
Note: this model is only available in type 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 324 and 330.
L M
40
www.lemo.com
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Endurance Humidity Temperature range (0K-1K) Temperature range (2K to 5K) Salt spray corrosion test Climatical category Leakage rate (He)1) Value Standard Characteristics 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K Value 60 bars 60 bars 40 bars 30 bars 15 bars 5 bars Standard
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 20 C/+100 C - 20 C/+80 C > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f 20/80/21 IEC 60068-1 < 10-7 mbar.l.s-1 IEC 60512-7 test 14b
Note: 2) this value corresponds to the maximum allowed pressure difference for the assembled socket.
HGG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F and L), watertight or vacuumtight
L maxi S3 M
Reference Model HGG HGG HGG HGG HGG HGG Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K A 18 20 25 31 37 55 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0
Dimensions (mm) e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 M30x1.0 M45x1.5 E 5.5 9.0 13.0 16.0 14.0 10.0 L 21.7 30.0 33.7 41.7 49.2 55.7 M 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 6.5 9.0 S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 42.5 S3 17 19 24 30 36
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: the 5K series is delivered with a round nut.
HEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to F and L), watertight or vacuumtight (back panel mounting)
L maxi P S1 M
Dimensions (mm) e E L M P S1
18 18 M14x1.0 2.4 21.7 3.5 7 12.5 20 20 M16x1.0 6.2 30.0 3.5 10 14.5 25 25 M20x1.0 5.0 33.7 3.5 10 18.5
E maxi
www.lemo.com
41
S q q Fixed coupler, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (L) at the flange end, and key (G) or keys (C or L) at the other end, watertight or vacuumtight
L S3 S1 M
E maxi
SGL
Contacts Type female male male female male female male female male female A 25 31 37 55 B
Dimensions (mm) e E 25 33 48 58 L M S1 S3
SLG
SLC
52.4 5.0 18.5 24 64.0 6.0 22.5 30 74.0 6.5 28.5 36 88.0 9.0 42.5
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: for this fixed coupler, the first contact type mentioned is always the one at the flange end. On request, these couplers can be produced in other series, with other keys. The 5K series is delivered with a round nut.
42
www.lemo.com
Reference
Nb of keys 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series 0K 0 30 45 60 95 120 145 75 1K 0 30 45 60 95 120 145 75 Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 95 115 35 25 4K 5K Plug 2K 0 30 45 60 95 120 145 75 3K 0 30 45 60 95 120 145 75 4K 0 30 45 60 95 120 145 75 5K 0 30 45 60 95 120 145 75 Plug male male male male male male male female
Contact type Note Socket female female female female female female female male Contact type Note Socket q q q q q q q q
G A B C D E F L Reference
Nb of keys
Angles
male
female
Note: Sqq and TGL models are not available with all the keys. For Sqq models see explication on page 42. Please consult the pages corresponding to these models. q First choice alternative q Special order alternative
www.lemo.com
43
44
www.lemo.com
Contact type
Solder contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 5) Contact-shell Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Crimp contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 5) Contact-shell Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Print (straight)
00 0B 0K
302 303 304 302 303 304 305 306 307 309
2 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 14 16
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5
4) 4) 4) 4) 4) 4)
1.00 0.80 0.80 1.30 1.20 0.85 1.00 0.85 0.80 0.60 1.50 1.30 1.35 1.25 1.05 0.95 0.95 0.90 0.80 0.80
1.05 1.45 1.20 10.02) 0.90 1.70 1.60 0.70 1.35 1.10 0.70 1.25 1.20 0.65 1.40 1.20 0.70 1.40 1.20 0.50 1.00 0.85 8.02) 7.02) 6.52) 2.5 2.5 2.0
1B 1K
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 310 314 316 First choice alternative Special order alternative Note:
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
1.45 1.70 1.80 10.02) 1.15 1.30 1.55 1.20 1.35 1.45 1.05 1.45 1.45 1.15 1.30 1.30 1.50 1.20 1.80 1.20 0.95 1.60 1.25 0.95 1.60 9.02) 7.02) 7.02) 5.0 2.5 2.0 1.5
see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. rated current = 6A for socket with elbow (90) contact for printed circuit. rated current = 12A for socket with elbow (90) contact for printed circuit. available only for connectors fitted with male contacts. test voltage (kV) contact-shell may be lower for K series (values shown here are for B series).
45
www.lemo.com
Number of contacts
Print (elbow)
Reference
A (mm)
Solder
Crimp
Multipole
Male solder contacts
A
Contact type
Solder contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 4) Contact-shell Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Crimp contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 4) Contact-shell 1.75 2.10 1.65 1.80 1.60 Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Print (straight)
2B 2K
302
2.0
2.10 1.75
2.85
2.70 25.03)
303
1.6
2.40 1.85
1.90
1.90 17.03)
304
1.3
1.85 1.85
2.20
2.20 15.03)
305
1.3
1.75 1.60
2.15
2.15 14.03)
306
1.3
1.35 1.45
2.00
2.35 12.0
307
1.3
1.75 1.60
1.95
2.15 11.0
308
0.9
1.50 1.25
1.95
1.95 10.02)
310
10
0.9
1.45 1.30
1.80
2.10 8.02)
312
12
0.7
1.25 1.35
1.65
2.00 7.02)
314
14
0.7
1.15 1.35
1.55
1.55 6.52)
316
16
0.7
0.95 1.25
1.55
6.0
318
18
0.7
0.85 1.20
1.45
5.5
319
19
0.7
0.95 1.25
1.55
5.0
326
26
0.5
0.95 1.30
1.20
2.0
332
32
0.5
0.80
1.2
0.95
1.5
Note:
1) 2) 3) 4)
see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. rated current = 6A for socket with elbow (90) contact for printed circuit. rated current = 12A for socket with elbow (90) contact for printed circuit. test voltage (kV) contact-shell is a little bit lower for K series (values here are for B series).
www.lemo.com
46
Number of contacts
Print (elbow)
Reference
A (mm)
Solder
Crimp
Multipole
Male solder contacts
A
Contact type
Solder contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 3) Contact-shell Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Crimp contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 3) Contact-shell Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Print (straight)
3B 3K
302
3.0
2.10 1.55
2.30 1.80
35.0
303
2.0
1.90 1.50
3.20 2.65
25.0
304
2.0
1.45 1.25
2.50 2.20
19.0
305
1.6
1.90 1.25
2.40 1.75
19.0
306
1.6
1.60 1.15
1.90 1.80
17.0
307
1.6
1.70 1.25
2.00 2.05
15.0
308
8 8 1 10
309
310
312
12
0.9
1.45 1.00
1.65 1.85
9.0
314
14
0.9
1.20 1.20
1.80 1.65
9.02)
316
16
0.9
1.20 0.85
1.80 1.50
8.0
318
18
0.9
1.20 1.05
1.85 1.60
7.0
320
20
0.7
1.00 0.90
1.35 1.55
6.0
322
22
0.7
1.00 0.90
1.70 1.45
5.5
324
24
0.7
0.95 0.80
1.35 1.35
4.0
326
26
0.7
0.95 0.70
1.50 1.30
4.0
30
0.7
0.80 0.70
1.35 1.20
3.5
see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. rated current = 6A for socket with elbow (90) contact for printed circuit. test voltage (kV) contact-shell is a little bit lower for K series (values here are for B series).
www.lemo.com
Number of contacts
Print (elbow)
Reference
A (mm)
Solder
Crimp
Multipole
Male solder contacts
A
Contact type
Solder contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Contact-shell Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Crimp contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Contact-shell 1.20 2.40 1.35 1.95 1.85 2.10 0.95 2.05 1.45 1.30 1.00 Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
4B 4K
304
3.0
Print (straight)
2.10 1.50
1.80
30.0
306
2.0
2.00 1.75
2.75
24.0
307
2.0
2.00 1.80
1.50
20.0
310
10
1.6
1.85 1.30
1.90
17.0
312
12
1.3
1.45 1.60
1.90
12.0
316
16
0.9
1.35 1.50
2.30
10.0
320
20
0.9
1.35 1.00
1.05
8.0
324
24
0.9
1.20 1.45
1.80
7.0
330
30
0.9
0.95 0.85
1.75
5.0
340
40
0.7
0.90 0.90
1.30
2.0
348
48
0.7
0.70 0.70
1.00
1.5
Note:
1) 2)
see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. test voltage (kV) contact-shell is a little bit lower for K series (values here are for B series).
48
www.lemo.com
Number of contacts
Reference
A (mm)
Solder
Crimp
Multipole
Male solder contacts
A
Contact type
Solder contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Contact-shell Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
Crimp contact Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Contact-shell 2.40 3.20 2.95 3.05 2.40 2.45 1.95 1.55 1.45 2.10 1.85 Test voltage (kV rms)1) Contact-contact
5B 5K
302
6.0
Print (straight)
3.60
2.95
50.0
304
4.0
2.95
2.65
3.20
35.0
310
10
3.0
2.35
2.30
2.65
20.0
314
14
2.0
2.10
2.00
2.85
18.0
316
16
2.0
1.85
1.95
2.45
12.0
320
20
1.6
1.90
1.70
2.20
10.0
330
30
1.3
1.45
1.60
2.05
8.0
340
40
1.3
1.30
1.45
2.00
7.0
348
48
1.3
1.20
1.10
2.00
6.0
350
50
0.9
1.30
1.60
1.20
6.0
354
54
0.9
1.15
1.55
2.00
5.0
364
64
0.9
1.30
1.55
1.35
3.0
Note:
1) 2)
see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. test voltage (kV) contact-shell is a little bit lower for K series (values here are for B series).
49
Number of contacts
Reference
A (mm)
Solder
Crimp
Ref. C N K S T U L X G P R H P
Latch sleeve + earthing crown Material brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze stainless steel stainless steel brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze Surf. treatment nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2)
Other metallic components Material brass brass brass brass brass stainless steel brass brass brass brass brass brass brass Surf. treatment nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel
Remarks
Note
Brass chrome Brass nickel Brass black chrome Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Aluminium alloy anodized Aluminium alloy nickel anthracite PEEK (natural) PSU PPSU PPS/brass /nickel PA.6
1)
Only for FGG and ENG (B series) Only for FGY and ENY (B series) 1) Only for FGY and ENY (B series) 1) Only for elbow sockets (B series) Only for CRF and CRG bridge plug 1)
Note: detailed characteristics of these materials and treatments are presented on page 171. 1) see variant for the colour. 2) in the K series, the latch sleeve is chrome-plated. First choice alternative Special order alternative
Ref. Y L
Note
50
www.lemo.com
Contact A (mm) 0.52) 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 0.54) 0.7 C Form (mm) per fig. 0.402) 0.45 0.80 0.80 1.00 1.40 1.80 2.70 3.70 5.20 0.45 0.80 0.45 1.10 0.80 0.45 1.40 1.10 0.80 1.90 1.40 2.40 1.90 2.90 4.00 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1
Female
Solid AWG Section max. max. (mm2) 28 28 22 22 20 16 14 10 10 0.09 0.09 0.34 0.34 0.50 1.00 1.50 4.00 6.00
Conductor Stranded AWG Section (mm2) min. 32 26 32 24 26 32 20 24 26 18 22 16 18 14 12 max. 30 28 223) 223) 203) 18 16 12 10 8 28 223) 28 20 223) 28 18 20 223) 143) 18 123) 14 103) 10 min. 0.035 0.140 0.035 0.250 0.140 0.035 0.500 0.250 0.140 1.000 0.340 1.500 1.000 2.500 4.000 max. 0.05 0.09 0.34 0.34 0.50 1.00 1.50 4.00 6.00 10.00 0.09 0.34 0.09 0.50 0.34 0.09 1.00 0.50 0.34 1.50 1.00 2.50 1.50 4.00 6.00
Fr 1) (N) Notes
12 22
fig. 1
A
Crimp
C
fig. 2
A C
C C B C B G C B G C B C B C C
M M P M P U M P U M P M P M M
0.9
30
1.3
40
50 65 75 90
q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q
Print
L A C
L dimensions and C are detailed in the section on PCB drilling pattern. See page 156.
Print (elbow)
A L
L dimensions and C are detailed in the section on PCB drilling pattern. See page 157.
Note:
1) 2) 3) 4)
contact retention force in the insulator (according to IEC 60512-8 test 15 a). for 00 multipole series. for a given AWG, the diameter of some stranded conductor designs is larger than the solder cup diameter. Make sure that the maximum conductor diameter is smaller than C. available only for 00 multipole series and connectors fitted with male contacts of the 0B and 1B series.
www.lemo.com
M type
A
Collet A 2.2 2.7 3.5 2.1 3.1 4.2 5.2 5.6 2.7 3.1 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 7.6 2.1 3.1 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.2 9.9 B 2.8 4.7 4.7 6.7 6.7 8.6 8.6
Cable Notes max. 2.2 2.6 3.5 2.0 3.2 4.0 5.0 5.6 2.6 3.0 4.2 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.2 9.0 9.7 min. 1.4 2.1 > 2.7 1.5 > 2.2 3.1 4.1 > 5.2 2.2 2.6 2.5 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 1.5 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 > 7.2 8.1 9.1 NEW NEW NEW
Collet A 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.2 10.2 11.2 11.9 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.2 10.8 12.3 13.8 15.3 16.3 11.8 13.8 15.8 17.8 19.8 21.8 23.8 25.3 B 10.2 10.2 8.6 12.5 12.5 12.5 21.8 21.8
Cable Notes max. 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 11.7 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.5 12.0 13.5 15.0 16.0 11.5 13.5 15.5 17.5 19.5 21.5 23.5 25.0 min. 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.6 12.1 13.6 15.1 9.6 11.6 13.6 15.6 17.6 19.6 21.6 23.6
00 0B
D D D D D D D D M M D D D D D M M D D D D D D D
22 27 35 21 31 42 52 56 27 31 42 52 62 72 76 21 31 42 52 62 72 82 92 99
3B
NEW1)
M D D D D D D D M M M M D D D D D D D D D D D D D
52 62 72 82 92 10 11 12 62 72 82 92 10 12 13 15 16 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
1)
1B
4B
NEW
1)
2B
1)
5B
NEW
1)
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
Note: all dimensions are in millimetres. 1) these collets cannot be used for connector models with nut for fitting a bend relief.
52
www.lemo.com
K type oversize cable collet Reference Type Code A 1.6 1.6 2.1 3.1 3.1 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 1.6 2.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 9.2 10.2 10.2 11.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 Collet B 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 6.7 8.2 8.2 8.6 8.2 8.2 8.6 10.2 10.2 10.6
Cable max. 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 min. 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1
Collet B 10.2 10.2 10.6 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.8
Cable max. 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 12.0 12.8 13.5 14.0 15.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.5 12.0 12.8 13.5 14.0 15.0 16.5 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.5 21.5 22.5 23.5 10.5 11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.5 16.5 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.5 21.5 22.5 23.5 min. 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.1 10.6 12.1 12.9 13.6 14.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.6 12.1 12.9 13.6 14.1 15.6 16.6 17.6 18.6 19.6 20.6 21.6 22.6 9.6 10.6 11.6 12.6 13.6 14.6 15.6 16.6 17.6 18.6 19.6 20.6 21.6 22.6
0K
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K C C C C C C C C
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 11 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
3K
1K
C C C C C C C C K K K K K C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K K K K K C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
70 75 80 85 90 95 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 9.2 10.2 10.2 11.2 12.3 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 7.3 7.3 8.3 8.3 9.3 9.3 10.8 10.8 12.3 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 17.8 17.8 19.8 19.8 21.8 21.8 23.8 23.8 11.8 11.8 13.8 13.8 15.8 15.8 17.8 17.8 19.8 19.8 21.8 21.8 23.8 23.8
4K
2K
5K
3K
Ref.
Type D D M D M D D M D M M D D
Ref.
Collet
Need to be ordered separately (see pages 141 and 142) GMA.00.. GMB.00.. GMA.0B.. GMA.1B.. GMA.1B.. GMA.0B.. GMA.2B.. GMA.2B.. GMA.1B.. GMA.3B.. GMA.2B.. GMA.4B.. GMA.4B.. GMA.4B..
Need to be ordered separately (see pages 141 and 142) GMA.0B.. GMA.1B.. GMA.2B.. GMA.2B.. GMA.3B.. GMA.3B.. GMA.4B.. GMA.4B..
00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B
Z Z Z
0K 1K 2K 3K 4K
Z Z Z Z Z
Colour of the bridge plug shells and connectors shell made of plastic material and aluminium alloys
Bridge plug and plastic shell Reference A B G J M N R S T V L X F Colour blue white grey yellow brown black red orange natural green black natural cream PSU PPSU PA.6 Aluminium alloys Anodized colour Anodized colour for bend relief collet nut
Note: other anodizing colours are available for connectors with collet nut for bend relief. Please consult us.
O-ring and gasket material (K series) Standard connectors are delivered with silicone o-ring and gaskets. The vacuumtight models, identified with the letter PV, are delivered with Viton gaskets. Other gaskets material can be delivered upon special request.
B K
54
PV
S SERIES
E SERIES (watertight)
S Series
S series connectors have main features as follows: security of the Push-Pull self-latching system unipole types transmitting current up to 230 A and multipole types with up to 106 contacts 360 screening for full EMC shielding. Metal housing models (page 58)
Fixed plug Straight plugs Fixed sockets Free sockets
solder or print contacts (straight or elbow) polarisation by stepped insert (half-moon) fitted with male and female contacts
FAA
FFA, FFP
ERA
EEP
PCA, PCP
Elbow plugs
FFA FLA FFA, FFP ERC PCA, PCP ERN ERD PCA
ECP
FLS
FFB
ERS
ECP
PZP
Fixed sockets
FFE EHP ECP PSA, PSP FFL EBD
Free coupler
PSS
FFF EBS
RMA
FFS EBC
FZP
EPL
EXP
FFP
ERN
SWH
56
www.lemo.com
Variant: (page 107) Model: (page 58) Series: (page 58) Insert configuration: (page 91) Contact: (page 99) Insulator: (page 99) Housing: (page 99)
Straight plug
1 outer shell 2 latch sleeve 3 collet nut 4 centre-piece 5 insulator 6 male contact 7 female contact 8 collet
outer shell earthing crown retaining ring hexagonal nut locking washer insulator male contact female contact
www.lemo.com
57
Electrical
Characteristics Shielding efficiency at 10 MHz at 1 GHz Value > 75 dB > 40 dB Standard IEC 60169-1-3 IEC 60169-1-3
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 55 C, +250 C 10-2000 Hz, 15 g IEC 60512-4 test 6d 100 g, 6 ms IEC 60512-4 test 6c > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP 50 IEC 60529 55/175/21 IEC 60068-1
Note: The various tests have been carried out with FFA and ERA connector pairs, with chrome-plated brass shell and PEEK insulator. Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171.
~L ~M
S2
6.4 26.0 18.0 9.0 34.5 24.5 12.0 42.5 31.5 14.8 52.0 40.0 17.8 61.0 46.0 24.8 77.0 59.0 35.0 103.0 78.0 46.0 106.0 81.0
~L ~M
8.0 34.0 26.0 10.0 45.5 35.5 13.0 57.0 46.0 18.0 67.0 55.0 21.0 85.0 70.0 31.8 107.0 89.0 41.8 138.0 113.0
S2
S1
M2 Cable assembly (pages 164 and 166) Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 102).
FFA Straight plug, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 6.4 9.0 12.0 14.8 17.8 24.8 L 26.0 34.5 42.5 52.0 61.0 77.0 M 18.0 24.5 31.5 40.0 46.0 59.0 S2 6 7 9 12 14 20 M1 Cable assembly (pages 163 and 164) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
www.lemo.com
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S
S2
58
Dimensions (mm) A 9.0 12.0 14.8 17.8 24.8 L 34.5 42.5 52.0 61.0 77.0 M S2
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S
24.5 6.5 31.5 8.5 40.0 11.0 46.0 14.0 59.0 19.0
S2
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 9.0 12.0 14.8 17.8 L 36.8 45.0 55.5 65.0 M S2
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S
S2
M1 Cable assembly (pages 163 and 164) Note: nut for fitting a bend relief (available only for size 1S).
FFE Straight plug, cable collet, front seal and nut for fitting a bend relief 1) (protected to IP54 when mated)
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 7.4 10.0 13.0 16.0 19.0 L 26.0 34.5 42.5 52.0 61.0 M 18.0 24.5 31.5 40.0 46.0 S2 6 7 9 12 14
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S
S2
M1 Cable assembly (pages 163 and 164) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
FFL
Straight plug, flats on latch sleeve, cable collet and inner anti-rotating device
Reference
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A L M S1 13 S2 12
Model FFL
A
Series 2S
M4 Cable assembly (page 165) Note: this model is fitted with a D or M type collet system. It is also adapted for crimp contacts. Available only for multipole.
S2
S1
www.lemo.com
59
FFF
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 6.4 9.0 12.0 14.8 L 26.0 34.5 42.5 52.0 M S2
Series 00 0S 1S 2S
S2
Reference
L M A
Model FFS
Series 00
M5 Cable assembly (page 163) Note: Model available only with crimp backnut E31 similar to 00.250 series.
S1
S2
FZP Straight plug for remote handling, cable collet and inner anti-rotating device
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 16 24 24 35 43 60 L 42.5 52.0 61.0 77.0 103.0 106.0 M 31.5 40.0 46.0 59.0 78.0 81.0 N 15 21 24 30 44 44 S2 8.5 11.0 14.0 19.0 29.0 38.0 S3 12 18 18 28 35 50
Series 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S
S2
S3
Dimensions (mm) A 8 10 14 18 22 28 40 54 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 54.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M25x1.0 M35x1.0 M48x1.5 E 2.0 2.0 2.5 4.0 4.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 L 18.5 22.5 25.0 31.0 35.5 45.0 45.0 L1) 15.5 18.0 21.7 25.3 29.0 39.0 M 9.0 11.2 12.5 13.8 17.0 20.5 28.0 28.0 S1 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 S3 9 11 14 17 22 30
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) P2 Panel cut-out 6S series (page 152) Note: 1) unipole model
60 www.lemo.com
Dimensions (mm) A 9 13 16 20 21 28 A1 13 16 20 21 28 37 48 H 16.0 24.5 28.5 37.0 44.0 56.0 76.5 94.0 L 17.5 23.0 26.5 31.0 38.5 49.0 65.0 81.0 M 9.5 13.0 15.5 19.0 23.5 31.0 40.0 56.0 S1 8 10 13 15 20 30 40 S2 4.5 6.5 8.5 11.0 14.0 19.0 29.0 38.0
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S
L M A A1
~H
Note: fig. 1 is used for the unipole type, fig. 2 is used for the multipole type. fig. 1 fig. 2 q Maximum operating temperature: 120C
M6 Cable assembly (page 163) Note: Model available only with crimp backnut E31 similar to 00.250 series. q Maximum operating temperature: 120C
Dimensions (mm) A 8 10 14 18 22 28 40 54 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 40.0 54.0 e M7x0.5 M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M25x1.0 M35x1.0 M48x1.5 E 5.5 7.0 7.5 8.5 11.5 12.0 15.5 16.0 L 17.5 20.2 24.5 29.0 34.0 45.0 45.0 L1) 14.5 18.0 20.5 23.5 27.5 33.5 78.5 M 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 S1 6.3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 33.5 45.5 S3 9 11 14 17 22 30
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S
E maxi
S1
Note: the 5S series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut. The 6S series is delivered without a locking washer and with a round nut.
Reference Model ERN ERN ERN ERN Series 0S 1S 2S 3S A 10 14 18 22 B 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E L 19.3 22.4 26.3 29.8 L1) 19.3 22.4 26.3 29.8 M S1 S3
E maxi
S1
L maxi S3 M
8 10.2 M7x0.5 5.5 1.6 14.5 1.0 6.3 9 10 12.4 M9x0.6 7.0 2.0 17.5 18.0 1.2 8.2 11 14 15.8 M12x1.0 7.5 2.5 20.2 20.5 1.5 10.5 14
E maxi
S1
ERS Fixed socket, nut fixing, long threaded shell, without flats
L maxi S3 M
ERS
L maxi S3
Reference
M
Series 0S 1S 3S
10 12.4 M9x0.6 2.0 20.5 18.0 12.5 8.2 11 14 15.8 M12x1.0 3.5 20.2 20.5 12.0 14 22 25.0 M18x1.0 4.0 29.0 29.0 18.7 22
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out 0S series (page 152) P2 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) unipole model
Reference Model
B
Series 2S
EBD
15.5 24.5
62
www.lemo.com
Reference
B A
Model EBS
Series 1S
EBC Fixed socket with square flange, protruding shell and screw fixing
A H L maxi M
Dimensions (mm) A 18 22 25 45 B 11.5 15.0 18.0 40.0 C 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3 H 12.7 15.5 18.0 36.8 L 20.2 24.5 29.0 45.0 L1) 20.5 23.5 27.5 78.5 M 16.5 18.5 23.5 15.0 N 2.8 4.4 3.0 4.0
Series 1S 2S 3S 5S
EEP
E maxi
Reference Model ERD ERD ERD ERD ERD Series 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S A 12 16 20 24 30 B 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E 5.5 6.0 6.5 9.0 10.0 L 17.5 20.2 24.5 29.0 34.0 L1) 18.0 20.5 23.5 27.5 33.5 M 2.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 S1 S3 8.2 10.5 13.5 16.5 23.5 11 14 17 22 30
S 1 E maxi
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) unipole model. The 3S and 4S series are delivered with a conical nut.
www.lemo.com 63
ECP Fixed socket with two nuts, long threaded shell (back panel mounting)
L maxi S3 M
Reference Model
A
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S
S1
E maxi
12.4 M9x0.6 8.5 17.5 15.8 M12x1.0 10.0 20.2 19.2 M15x1.0 11.0 24.5 25.0 M18x1.0 14.0 29.0
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: 1) unipole model. The 3S series is delivered with a conical nut.
ECP Fixed socket with two nuts, long threaded shell, with straight contact for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
Reference
L N S3 M
Dimensions (mm) A 12 16 20 24 B e E M N S1 S3 11 14 17 22
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S
12.4 M9x0.6 8.5 2.5 15.8 M12x1.0 10.0 3.5 19.2 M15x1.0 11.0 3.5 25.0 M18x1.0 14.0 4.5
S1
E maxi
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) P21 PCB drilling pattern (page 159) Note: this contact type is available for all Eqq socket models. See page 159 for table of available types. Length L depends on the number of contacts, see table on page 159. The 3S series is delivered with a conical nut.
ECP Fixed socket with two nuts, long threaded shell, with elbow (90) contacts for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
L N S3S1 M
Dimensions (mm) e E M N S1 S3 11 14 17 22
20 mini
12.4 M9x0.6 8.5 2.5 15.8 M12x1.0 10.0 3.5 19.2 M15x1.0 11.0 3.5 25.0 M18x1.0 14.0 4.5
E maxi
P24 PCB drilling pattern (page 160) Note: this contact type is available for all back panel mounting socket types. See page 160 for available types. Length L depends on the number of contacts, see PCB drilling pattern on page 160. The 3S series is delivered with a conical nut.
64
www.lemo.com
~L
S2
6.5 25.0 8.9 33.5 11.9 40.5 14.8 50.0 17.8 59.0 24.8 75.0 34.7 99.0 46.0 102.0
~L
8.0 33.0 10.0 44.5 13.0 55.0 18.0 65.0 21.0 83.0 31.8 105.0
S2
S1
M2 Cable assembly (pages 164 and 166) Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 102).
PCA Free socket, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model PCA PCA PCA PCA PCA PCA Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S Dimensions (mm) A 6.5 8.9 11.9 14.8 17.8 24.8 L 25.0 33.5 40.5 50.0 59.0 75.0 S2 6 7 9 12 14 20
~L
S2
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
~L
33.5 6.5 40.5 8.5 50.0 11.0 59.0 14.0 75.0 19.0
S2
www.lemo.com
65
PZP Free socket for remote handling with cable collet and inner anti-rotating device
Reference Model
~L
Series 1S 2S 3S
~L S3 M
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: the 5S series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut. The 6S series is delivered without a locking washer and with a round nut.
PSP Fixed socket, nut fixing, cable collet and inner anti-rotating device
Reference Model
~L S3 M
Dimensions (mm) A 10 14 18 22 28 B 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 34.0 e M9x0.6 M12x1.0 M15x1.0 M18x1.0 M25x1.0 E 7.0 7.5 8.5 11.5 12.0 L 33.5 40.5 50.0 59.0 75.0 M 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.5 S1 S2 S3
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S
8.2 6.5 11 10.5 8.5 14 13.5 11.0 17 16.5 14.0 22 23.5 19.0 30
Reference
L S3 M
Model PSS
A B
Series 00
8 10.2 M7x0.5
S2
e E maxi
S1
Note: Model available only with crimp backnut E31 similar to 00.250 series.
www.lemo.com
66
~L
Note: see page 101 for the available plug and contact configurations and in order to ensure correct contact alignment.
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S
E maxi
S1
M7x0.5 5.5 22.0 1.0 6.3 9 M9x0.6 7.0 25.0 1.2 8.2 11 M12x1.0 7.5 28.5 1.5 10.5 14 M15x1.0 8.5 31.5 1.8 13.5 17 M18x1.0 11.5 38.5 2.0 16.5 22 M25x1.0 12.0 46.5 2.5 30 M35x1.0 15.5 60.5 3.0
P1 Panel cut-out (page 152) P2 Panel cut-out 4S and 5S series (page 152) Note: see page 101 for the available plug and contact configurations and in order to ensure correct contact alignment. Note: the 5S series is delivered with a tapered washer and a round nut.
Reference
A L
Dimensions (mm) A 9 13 16 21 H I L 30 38 45 64
Series 00 0S 1S 3S
www.lemo.com
67
Material
Type
302
2 2 3
1 2
0S, 1S
Note: 1) not used for all sizes. The surface treatment standards are as follows: Nickel FS QQ-N-290A Gold: ISO 4523
0S, 1S
1
303
2 3
Electrical
0S, 1S
1 1 2 4 3
304
2 3
1 4
Model
Series
Types
1S
5 1 2 4 3
305
3 4 5
16
1S
6 5 4
306
2 3
5 4
0S 0S 1S 1S 1S 1S
302-303-304
305-306
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178.
EPL Elbow (90) socket for printed circuit (solder or screw fixing)
7.62
Part Number EPL.0S.302.HLN EPL.0S.303.HLN EPL.0S.304.HLN EPL.1S.302.HLN EPL.1S.303.HLN EPL.1S.304.HLN EPL.1S.305.HLN EPL.1S.306.HLN
A 9
Dimensions (mm) H I K L
L N K
0.7
M 1.6
Note: to replace the 4 ground pins by 4 screws (M1.6) add an S to the end of the part number. (e.g.: EPL.1S.303.HLNS) P22 PCB drilling pattern (page 160)
68
3.2
2.54
Part Number
N L
A 8.8
D 16
N 9
EPL.0S.116.DTL
A I
Note: available only in unipole version. P23 PCB drilling pattern (page 160)
EXP Elbow (90) socket for printed circuit with two nuts (solder or screw fixing)
7.62
Part Number EXP.0S.302.HLN EXP.0S.303.HLN EXP.0S.304.HLN EXP.1S.302.HLN EXP.1S.303.HLN EXP.1S.304.HLN EXP.1S.305.HLN EXP.1S.306.HLN
Dimensions (mm) E H I K
S3
K L S3 M
3.2
Note: to replace the 4 ground pins by 4 screws (M1.6) add an S to the end of the part number. (e.g.: EXP.1S.303.HLNS). P2 Panel cut-out 0S series (page 152)
D
0.7
M 1.6
E maxi
2.54
P10 Panel cut-out 1S series (page 152) P22 PCB drilling pattern (page 160)
www.lemo.com
69
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Colour Endurance Humidity Temperature range Sterilization resistance 1) Resistance to organic solvents Value PEEK natural (beige) > 5000 cycles POM PSU PPSU cream > 5000 cycles black white or grey > 5000 cycles > 5000 cycles up to 95% at 60 C - 50 C/+250 C - 50 C/+115 C - 50 C/+150 C > 200 cycles none ~20 cycles very good very good limited Standard
IEC 60512-5 test 9a - 50 C/+180 C > 100 cycles IEC 60601-1 44.7 good
FFA Straight plug, cable collet, PEEK or POM outer shell FFP Straight plug, cable collet, PEEK or POM outer shell and inner anti-rotating device
Reference
~L
Dimensions (mm) A 7.0 9.5 12.0 15.0 18.0 L 33.5 34.5 42.5 52.0 61.0 M S2
Model
~M
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S
S2
25.5 6.0 24.5 8.0 31.5 10.0 40.0 12.0 46.0 14.0
FFP Straight plug, cable collet, PEEK or POM outer shell, inner anti-rotating device and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 9.5 12.0 15.0 18.0 L 33.5 41.5 51.0 61.0 M S2
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
FFL
Straight plug, cable collet, with PSU and PPSU outer shell, inner anti-rotating device and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Dimensions (mm) A L M S2 13
Model
~L ~M
Series 2S
FFL
S2
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141). This model is fitted with a D or M type collet system. It is also adapted for crimp contacts. Available only for multipole.
www.lemo.com
70
ERN Fixed socket, nut fixing, with earthing tag, PEEK or POM outer shell
L maxi S3 M
Reference Model ERN ERN ERN ERN ERN Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S A 9 11 14 18 22 B 10.2 12.4 15.8 19.2 25.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E L 19.3 22.4 26.3 29.8 L1) 14.5 19.3 22.4 26.3 29.8 M S1 S3
E maxi
S1
M7x0.5 5.5 M9x0.6 6.4 M12x1.0 7.5 M15x1.0 8.5 M18x1.0 11.5
1.0 6.3 9 1.8 8.2 11 1.5 10.5 14 2.0 13.5 17 2.0 16.5 22
www.lemo.com
71
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Endurance Humidity Temperature range (0S-1S) Temperature range (2S-6S) Salt spray corrosion test Climatical category Leakage rate (He)1) Value Standard Characteristics 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S Value 60 bars 60 bars 40 bars 30 bars 15 bars 5 bars 5 bars Standard
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 20 C/+100 C - 20 C/+80 C > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f 20/80/21 IEC 60068-1 < 10-7 mbar.l.s-1 IEC 60512-7 test 14b
Note: 2) this value corresponds to the maximum allowed pressure difference for the assembled socket.
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 20 28 34 45 58 B 15.8 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.0 54.0 e M12x1.0 M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M25x1.0 M35x1.0 M48x1.5 E 11.5 15.5 17.0 18.0 22.5 28.0 22.0 L 20.5 25.0 29.5 33.0 39.0 50.5 51.0 L1) 21.5 22.0 28.0 34.0 43.0 78.5 M 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.5 7.5 6.0 S1 10.5 12.5 14.5 18.5 23.5 33.5 45.5 S3 14 17 19 24 30
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S
E maxi
HGW Fixed socket, nut fixing, with back washer, watertight or vacuumtight
L maxi
S3
Reference
A B
Dimensions (mm) A B e E
mini
Series 0S 1S
E
maxi
S3 11 14
E mini/maxi
P11 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: vacuumtight version is only available in the 0S series.
72
www.lemo.com
EWB Fixed socket, nut fixing, with two flats on the flange, watertight or vacuumtight
L maxi S3 S1 M
Reference Model EWB EWB EWB EWB Series 0S 1S 2S 4S A 18 20 20 34 B 15.8 19.2 21.5 34.0 e
Dimensions (mm) E 11.0 15.5 17.0 22.5 L 20.5 25.5 28.0 43.0 L1) 25.5 26.5 M 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.5 S1 S3 S4 10.5 12.5 14.5 23.5 14 17 19 30 14 16 16 27
E maxi
S4
HCP Fixed socket, nut fixing, watertight or vacuumtight (back panel mounting)
L maxi S1 M
Reference
B A
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 27 B e E L M P S1
Series 1S 2S 4S
E maxi P
20 M14x1.0 8.6 25.5 3.5 12.0 20 M16x1.0 12.5 29.0 3.5 16.5 14.5 34 M25x1.0 15.5 41.0 4.5 20.0 23.5
P3 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: the 4S series is delivered with a conical nut.
Reference Model SWH SWH SWH SWH SWH SWH SWH Series 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S A 14 17 20 25 34 45 58 B 13.8 15.8 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.0 54.0
Dimensions (mm) e M10x0.75 M12x1.00 M16x1.00 M20x1.00 M25x1.00 M35x1.00 M48x1.50 E 17 28 25 30 50 58 55 L 34 39 44 53 65 80 81 M 2.0 2.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 S1 9.0 10.5 15.0 18.5 23.5 33.5 45.5 S3 12 14 19 24 30
L M
S3
E maxi
S1
P4 Panel cut-out (page 152) Note: see page 101 for the available plug and contact configurations and in order to ensure correct contact alignment. The 5S and 6S series are delivered with a round nut.
www.lemo.com
73
E Series
E series connectors have been specifically designed for outdoor applications. They include an inner sleeve and two seals to prevent penetration of solids or liquids into the housing formed by the plug, free socket, fixed socket or coupler. All models of these series are watertight when mated and give a protection index of IP 68 as per IEC 60529 standard (in mated condition) when correctly assembled to an appropriate cable (IP 66 otherwise). security of the Push-Pull latching system watertight connection (IP 68/IP 66) unipole types transmitting current up to 230 A polarization by stepped insert (half-moon) and multipole types with up to 106 contacts fitted with male and female contacts wide range of models satisfying most applications solder or print contacts (straight or elbow) 360 screening for full EMC shielding rugged housing for extreme working condition. Metal housing models (page 76)
Straight plug Straight plugs Fixed sockets Free sockets
FZP
FFA, FFP
ERA
EEP
PCA, PCP
Fixed plug
FFA FAA PCA
ERC
EEP
Elbow plug
FFA ERB EEP PCA
FLA FFF
Fixed socket
EHP
PSA
Free coupler
HGP
EBR
SWH
RMA
74
www.lemo.com
Variant: (page 107) Model: (page 76) Series: (page 76) Insert configuration: (page 91) Contact: (page 99) Insulator: (page 99) Housing: (page 99)
outer shell earthing crown retaining ring hexagonal nut insulator male contact female contact o-ring
outer shell latch sleeve inner shell retaining ring collet nut centre-piece insulator male contact female contact earthing cone collet gasket washer
75
www.lemo.com
Electrical
Characteristics Shielding efficiency at 10 MHz at 1 GHz Value > 95 dB > 80 dB Standard IEC 60169-1-3 IEC 60169-1-3
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 55 C, +200 C 10-2000 Hz, 15 g IEC 60512-4 test 6d 100 g, 6 ms IEC 60512-4 test 6c > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP 68/IP 66 IEC 60529 50/175/21 IEC 60068-1
Note: the various tests have been carried out with FFA and ERA connector pairs, with chrome-plated brass shell, PEEK insulator and silicone O-ring. Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171. 1) minimum operating temperature is -20C for sockets fitted with an FPM (Viton) O-ring. 2) IP68 achieved providing that the cable is perfectly circular and that assembly process ensures a high integrity seal.
Dimensions (mm) A 11 13 16 19 25 38 47 L 34 42 52 61 71 92 118 M 23.0 28.0 36.0 41.0 50.5 67.0 89.0 S2 8 9 12 15 19 32 38
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E 6E
S2
Series 1E 2E 3E 4E
M2 Cable assembly (pages 167 and 169) Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 105).
S2
S1
FFA Straight plug, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model
~L ~M
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E
S2
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
www.lemo.com
76
FFF
Reference
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 11 13 L 34 42 M 23 28 S2 8 9
Series 0E 1E
S2
Reference
~L ~M
Series 3E 4E
FZP Straight plug for remote handling, cable collet and inner anti-rotating device
~L ~M
Series 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E
S2
S1
Reference
M
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 25 31 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 E 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 L 19.5 23.0 27.0 32.5 L1) 19.5 23.0 27.0 32.5 M 13.0 16.0 18.0 22.5 S1 S3 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 17 19 24 30
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E
E maxi
S1
www.lemo.com
77
Reference
~L S1 ~M
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E
11.5 7.6 14.0 8.8 17.5 10.5 21.0 11.5 27.5 15.5
S3 S2
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 25 31 37 55 65 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0 65.0 e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 M30x1.0 M45x1.5 M55x2.0 E 5.5 9.0 9.0 11.0 9.0 10.0 10.5 L 19.5 24.0 28.5 34.0 36.0 44.5 48.5 L1) 20.5 25.3 30.0 35.0 38.0 78.0 M 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 6.5 9.0 10.0 S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 42.5 52.0 S3 17 19 24 30 36
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E 6E
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: The 5E and 6E series are delivered with a round nut. 1) unipole model. 2) with key (G).
Reference Model
B F A
Series 0E 3E 4E
18 19.2 M14x1.0 5.5 1.5 19.5 20.5 4.0 12.5 17 31 34.0 M24x1.0 11 3.0 34.0 35.0 6.0 22.5 30 37 40.5 M30x1.0 9 3.0 36.0 38.0 6.5 28.5 36
E maxi
S1
ERB Fixed socket, nut fixing with two flats in the flange
L maxi S3 S4 M
Reference Model ERB ERB ERB ERB Series 0E 1E 2E 3E A 18 20 25 31 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 e
M14x1.0 5.5 19.5 20.5 4.0 M16x1.0 9 24.0 25.3 4.5 M20x1.0 9 28.5 30.0 5.0 M24x1.0 11 34.0 35.0 6.0
E maxi
S1
Dimensions (mm) E 3.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 L 19.5 24.0 28.5 34.0 L1) 20.5 25.3 30.0 35.0 M P S1
E maxi
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) unipole model Note: the 3E series is delivered with a conical nut.
EEP Fixed socket, nut fixing, with straight contact for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
L
Reference
N P S1 M
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 25 30 B 18 20 25 31 e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 E 3.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 M 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 N 16.0 21.5 24.0 29.5 P 7 10 10 12 S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E
P21 PCB drilling pattern (page 159) Note: this contact type is available for all E socket models. See page 159 for table of available types. Length L depends on the number of contacts, see PCB drilling pattern on page 159. The 3E series is delivered with a conical nut.
N P S1 M
EEP Fixed socket, nut fixing, with elbow (90) contacts for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
Reference Model EEP EEP Series 1E 2E A B Dimensions (mm) e E M N P S1
20 20 M16x1.0 6.5 3.5 16.0 10 14.5 25 25 M20x1.0 6.5 3.5 24.0 10 18.5
20 mini
Note: this contact type is available for all back panel mounting socket types. See page 160 for available types. Length L depends on the number of contacts, see PCB drilling pattern on page 160.
Reference Model
B A e
Series 0E 1E 2E
S 3 E maxi
S1
18 19.2 M14x1.0 1.5 19.5 20.5 10.5 12.5 17 15 20 21.5 M16x1.0 1.5 24.0 25.3 15.5 14.5 19 17 25 27.0 M20x1.0 1.5 28.5 30.0 17.0 18.5 24 20
~L
S2
Dimensions (mm) A 15 19 23 29 B L S1 12 15 19 30 S2 12 15 19 32
Series 1E 2E 3E 4E
~L
M2 Cable assembly (pages 167 and 169) Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 105).
S2
S1
PCA Free socket, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model
~L
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E
S2
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
Reference Model
~L
Series 3E 4E
PCP PCP
A
80
www.lemo.com
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 25 31 37 51 65 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0 65.0 e E L M S1 S2 S3 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 8 9 12 15 19 32 38 17 19 24 30 36 54
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E 6E
L maxi S3 M
M14x1.0 5.5 34.0 4.0 M16x1.0 9.0 45.0 4.5 M20x1.0 9.0 54.0 5.0 M24x1.0 11.0 65.0 6.0 M30x1.0 9.0 75.5 6.5 M45x1.5 10.0 95.0 9.0 M55x2.0 10.5 125.0 10.0
M1 Cable assembly (pages 167 and 168) Note: 1) with key (G). The 5E and 6E series are delivered with a round nut.
Dim. (mm) A 14 16 20 25 30 44 L 30 40 44 54 57 67
L maxi
Note: see page 101 for the available plug and contact configurations and in order to ensure correct contact alignment.
www.lemo.com
81
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Endurance Humidity Temperature range (0E-1E) Temperature range (2E-6E) Salt spray corrosion test Climatical category Leakage rate (He)1) Value Standard Characteristics 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E 6E Value 60 bars 60 bars 40 bars 30 bars 15 bars 5 bars 5 bars Standard
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 20 C/+100 C - 20 C/+80 C > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f 20/80/21 IEC 60068-1 < 10-7 mbar.l.s-1 IEC 60512-7 test 14b
Note: 2) this value corresponds to the maximum allowed pressure difference for the assembled socket.
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 25 31 37 55 65 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0 65.0 e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 M30x1.0 M45x1.5 M55x2.0 E 5.5 9.0 10.5 15.5 17.5 20.0 20.5 L 23.5 28.0 32.5 39.5 43.0 52.0 52.0 L1) M S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 42.5 52.0 S3 17 19 24 30 36
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E 6E
E maxi
S1
22.0 4.0 28.0 4.5 28.0 5.0 38.5 6.0 44.0 6.5 76.0 9.0 10.0
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: The 5E and 6E series are delivered with a round nut. 1) unipole model. 2) with key (G).
EBR Fixed socket with round flange, watertight, protruding shell and screw fixing
N H1 B ~L ~M
Reference
A
H2
Model EBR
Series 2E
P6 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) unipole model. This model is only available in a watertight version.
82
www.lemo.com
Reference Model
L S3 M
Dimensions (mm) A 18 20 25 31 37 55 65 B 19.2 21.5 27.0 34.0 40.5 54.0 65.0 e M14x1.0 M16x1.0 M20x1.0 M24x1.0 M30x1.0 M45x1.5 M55x2.0 E 22.5 30.5 28.0 33.0 44.5 47.0 12.0 L M S1 12.5 14.5 18.5 22.5 28.5 42.5 S3 17 19 24 30 36
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E 6E
36.0 4.0 47.0 4.5 52.4 5.0 64.2 6.0 70.0 6.5 81.0 9.0 76.0 10.0
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) with key (G). The 5E and 6E series are delivered with a round nut. See page 101 for the available plug and contact configurations and in order to ensure correct contact alignment.
www.lemo.com
83
L Series
L series connectors have been specifically designed for outdoor applications. This series offer superior polarization combining the stepped insert (half-moon) of the S/E series with the keying system of the K series. They include an inner sleeve and two seals to prevent penetration of solids or liquids into the housing formed by the plug, free socket, fixed socket or coupler. All models of this series are watertight when mated to give a protection index of IP68 as per IEC 60529 standard (in mated condition) when correctly assembled to an appropriate cable (IP66 otherwise). L series connectors have the same insulators as the S series and have the following main features: security of the Push-Pull latching system watertight connection (IP 68/IP 66) multipole types 2 to 10 contacts solder, crimp or print (straight) contacts stepped insert (half-moon) fitted multiple key options to avoid cross mating with male and female contacts of similar connectors high packing density for space savings 360 screening for full EMC shielding keying system (G key standard) for connector alignment rugged housing for extreme working conditions. Metal housing models (page 86)
Fixed plug Straight plugs Fixed sockets Free sockets
FAG
FGG
EGG
PHG
Elbow plug
FHG
FGG
EEG
PHG
FGG
PHG
Fixed socket
PKG HGG
84
www.lemo.com
Model: (page 86) Alignment key: (page 90) Series: (page 86) Insert configuration: (page 92)
Variant: (page 107) Contact: (page 99) Insulator: (page 99) Housing: (page 99)
outer shell earthing crown retaining ring hexagonal nut insulator male contact female contact o-ring
10
12
13
11
outer shell latch sleeve inner shell retaining ring collet nut split insert carrier insulator male contact female contact earthing cone collet gasket washer
www.lemo.com
85
Electrical
Characteristics Shielding efficiency at 10 MHz at 1 GHz Value > 95 dB > 80 dB Standard IEC 60169-1-3 IEC 60169-1-3
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 55 C, +200 C 10-2000 Hz, 15 g IEC 60512-4 test 6d 100 g, 6 ms IEC 60512-4 test 6c > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP 68/IP 66 IEC 60529 50/175/21 IEC 60068-1
Note: The various tests have been carried out with FGG and EGG connector pairs, with chrome-plated brass shell, PEEK insulator and silicone O-ring. Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171. 1) minimum operating temperature is -20C for sockets fitted with an FPM (Viton) O-ring. 2) IP68 achieved providing that the cable is perfectly circular and that assembly process ensures a high integrity seal.
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet
Reference
~L ~M
Series 0L 1L 2L
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet and oversize cable collet 1)
Reference
~L ~M
Series 1L 2L
M2 Cable assembly (page 170) Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 106).
S2
S1
FGG Straight plug, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model
~L ~M
Dimensions (mm) A 11 13 16 L 34 42 52 M 23 28 36 S2 7 9 12
Series 0L 1L 2L
Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
www.lemo.com
86
FAG Fixed plug, nut fixing, non-latching, key (G) or keys (A to C and L)
L maxi N S3 M
Reference Model
B A e
Series 2L
FAG
FHG Elbow (90) plug, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet
~L S1 ~M
Reference
A
Series 0L 1L 2L
~H
S3 S2
Reference Model
B A
Series 0L 1L 2L
21.7 4.0 20.1 12.5 17 27.0 4.5 25.1 14.5 19 30.7 5.0 28.6 18.5 24
E maxi
S1
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
L maxi N P S1 M
EEG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to C and L) (back panel mounting)
18.0 18 M14x1.0 3.4 21.7 3.5 20.1 7.0 12.5 20.0 20 M16x1.0 6.2 27.0 3.5 25.1 10.0 14.5 25.0 25 M20x1.0 5.0 30.7 3.5 28.6 10.0 18.5
E maxi
P1 Panel cut-out (page 153) Note: 1) maximum length with crimp contacts.
www.lemo.com
87
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet
Reference Model
~L
Series 0L 1L 2L
S2
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet and oversize cable collet 1)
Reference
~L
Series 1L 2L
Note: 1) correspond to K type of collet, the fitting of oversize collets onto this model allows them to be fitted to the cables that can be accommodated by the next housing size up (see page 106).
PHG Free socket, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
Reference Model
~L
Series 0L 1L 2L
S2
M1 Cable assembly (page 170) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
PKG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), cable collet
~L S3 M
Dimensions (mm) E 6 9 9 L M S1 S2 S3 17 19 24
88
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Endurance Humidity Temperature range (0L-1L) Temperature range (2L) Salt spray corrosion test Value Standard Characteristics Climatical category Leakage rate (He) Maximum operating pressure1) 0L 1L 2L Value Standard
> 5000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 20 C/+100 C - 20 C/+80 C > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f
20/80/21 IEC 60068-1 < 10-7 mbar.l.s-1 IEC 60512-7 test 14b 60 bars 60 bars IEC 60512-7 test 14d 40 bars
Note: 1) this value corresponds to the maximum allowed pressure difference for the assembled socket.
HGG Fixed socket, nut fixing, key (G) or keys (A to C and L), vacuumtight
L maxi S3 M
Reference Model
B A
Dimensions (mm) A B e E L M S1 S3
Series 0L 1L 2L
18 19.2 M14x1.0 5.5 21.7 4.0 12.5 17 20 21.5 M16x1.0 9.0 30.0 4.5 14.5 19 25 27.0 M20x1.0 13.0 33.7 5.0 18.5 24
E maxi
S1
www.lemo.com
89
Series
0L 1 2 2 2 2 0 30 45 105 75
1L 0 30 45 105 75
2L 0 30 45 105 75
G A B J L
Note: 1) that contact type is not as for the K series. q First choice alternative q Special order alternative
90
www.lemo.com
Contact type
Reference
00 0S 0E 1S 1E
113
00
1.3
q2)
0.8
1.2
116
0S
0E
1.6
q2)
1.5
2.1
12
120
1S
1E
2.0
q2)
1.7
2.4
18
130
1S
1E
3.0
1.5
2.1
25
2S 2E
130
2S
2E
3.0
2.1
3.0
30
140
2S
2E
4.0
1.7
2.4
40
3S 3E
140
3S
3E
4.0
2.3
3.3
43
160
3S
3E
6.0
1.7
2.4
65
4S 4E
140
4S
4.0
3.0
4.2
46
160
4S
4E
6.0
2.7
3.9
70
5S 5E
112 5S 5E 12.0 q 1.5 2.1 230
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) also available with inversed contacts: plug = female, socket = male.
www.lemo.com 91
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Solder
Crimp
Multipole
Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Test voltage (kV dc)1) 2) 2.1 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.1 2.4 2.1 2.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 4.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 3.0 1.5 Series
A
Reference
0S 0E 0L
1 2
1 2
302 303
0S 0S 0S 1S 1S 1S 1S 1S 2S 2S 2S 2S 2S 2S 2S 2S 3S
0E 0E 0E 1E 1E 1E 1E 1E 2E 2E 2E 2E 2E 2E 2E 2E 3E
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 6 2 3 4 5 6 3 4 8 10 2
0.9 0.7 0.7 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.9 2.0
5)
1.5 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.5 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 3.0
103) 73) 73) 153) 103) 103) 103) 73) 73) 204) 154) 154) 134) 12 123) 93) 93) 73) 23
2 3
1 3
2 3
1 4
1 4
2 3
304 302
1S 1E 1L
2 3
1 2
1 2
2 3
1 3
303 304
1 4
1 4
2 3
3 4
2 1 5 1
3 4
5 2 3 4 5
305 306
3 4 5
2 1 6 1
2S 2E 2L
1 2 2 3 2 3
3 4 5 3 4 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 4 5 10 6 7 8 8 7 3 9 2 1 1 7 8 2 9 10 6 5 3 4 3 2 1 1 8 7 6 3 5 2 1 1 5 6 2 3 4 2 1 1 5 2 1 1 4
1 2 1 3 1 4
2 3
302 303
1 4
2 3
304 305
3 4
306 307
4 5
3S 3E
2 3 1 2 3 2 1 4 5
1 2
1 2
1 3
303
3S
3E
2.0
1.5
20
1 4 2 1 4 5
3 2 1
1 4
2 3
304
3S
3E
4 2 3 6
18 18 14 14
305
2 1 4 6 3
3S
3E
4 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 2 1 1 5 6 2 3 4 5
306
3S
3E
307
3S
3E
1.3
1.0
12
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell. 3) rated current = 6A for socket with elbow (90) contacts for printed circuit. 4) rated current = 12A for socket with elbow (90) contacts for printed circuit. 5) only for FFL model.
92
www.lemo.com
Print (straight)
Print (elbow)
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Solder
Crimp
Multipole
Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Test voltage (kV dc)1) 2) 1.5 1.5 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.9 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Series
A
Reference
3S 3E
3 4 9 5 6 10 8 7 2 1
3 4 5 6 7
2 1 8 2 1 8 7 9 10 6 1 3 7 11 1 3 7 11 13 3 7 5 3 4 1 8
308
3S
3E
1.3
1.0
10
310
2 6 10 12
3S 3S 3S 3S 3S
3E 3E 3E 3E 3E
10 12 13 14 16
2 6 10 12 3 7 11 13 12 3 7 11 14 4 8 12 16 9 13 4 9 1 1 5 1 4 8
312 313
11
4 8 12 1 4 8 12 1 5 4
1 4 8 12
3 7 11 14
314 316
9 13
12 16
1 5 5
4 9
14 18
10 15
10 15
14 18
318
3S
3E
18
0.9
1.0
4S 4E
302
2 2
4S
4E
4.0
2.1
35
303
3 3 2 3 1 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 5 6 4 5 6 1 5 6 7 5 6 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 5 11 6 7 4 5 12 6 7 8 3 11 10 13 9 9 8 7 2 1 1 13 12 6 8 9 2 12 10 3 10 11 4 5 10 9 8 10 4 3 2 1 1 10 9 8 7 3 2 11 12 7 6 4 5 3 2 1 1 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 9 8 7 8 4 3 2 1 1 6 7 2 1 8 7 6 2 5 3 4 5 3 4 7 6 6 3 2 1 5 2 1 5 3 4 5 1 4 2 3 5 1 4 1 4 2 3 2
4S
4E
3.0
2.1
25
304
3
4S
4E
3.0
2.1
22
305
4S
4E
2 3 6
22 16 16
306
4S
4E
307
4S
4E
3 4 8
16 13 13
3 4
308
4S
4E
309
4S
4E
1.3
2.1
12
310
4S
4E
10
1.3
2.1
11
312
4S
4E
12
1.3
2.1
313
4S
13
1.3
2.1
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
www.lemo.com
Print (straight)
Print (elbow)
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Solder
Crimp
Multipole
Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Test voltage (kV dc)1) 2) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.0 3.0 Series
A
Reference
4S 4E
4 8 12 16 13 9 1 5
4 5 6 7 8 12 13
4 12 13 7 5 6
314
4S
4E
14
1.3
2.1
316
4S
4E
16
0.9
2.1
4 9 14
10 15
318
4S
4E
18
0.9
2.1
3 5 10 15 17 20
1 4 6 11 16 18 6 11
18
320
4S
4E
20
0.9
2.1
16 20 3 7 12 17 21 24 22 13 18 1 4 8 22 21
322
4S
4E
22
0.9
2.1
324
4S
4E
24
0.9
2.1
5S 5E
302
2 2
5S
5E
6.0
3.7
50
303
5S
5E
1 2
6.0 4.0
3.7 3.7
50 35
2 3
1 4
1 4
2 3
304
5S
5E
4.0
3.7
35
2 1 1
4 5 3 2 1 4 5 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 2 1 8 8 7 6 2 1 1 6 2 3 5
305
5S
5E
2 3
4.0 3.0
3.0 3.0
35 25
2 1
4 6 5
306
5S
5E
3.0
3.0
25
4 5
308
5S
5E
3.0
2.1
22
3 2 1
4 5 6
10 9 8
310
5S
5E
10
2.0
2.1
18
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
94 www.lemo.com
Print (straight)
Print (elbow)
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Solder
Multipole
Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Test voltage (kV dc)1) 2) 3.0 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 3.9 2.4 2.4 1.8 1.8 1.8 Series
A
Reference
5S 5E
5 6 13 7 8 9 11 10 14 12 4 3 2 1
4 5 6
3 2 1
4 5 6
312
7
5S
5E
12
2.0
2.1
18
7 8 9 11 10 12
12 11 10 3 2 6 1 13 14 12 11 10 9 3 4 5 14 13 15 8 7 4 5 9
314
5S
5E
2 12
3.0 2.0
1.8 1.8
20 15
4 5 6 14
3 2 13 1
2 1
316
7 8 9 16 10
5S
5E
16
2.0
7 8
1.8
15
15 16 9 11 10 12
12 11 4 5 6 7 8 17 9 18 15 14 13 12 4 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 18
4 3 2 17 1 16 15
3 2 1 16
318
5S
5E
2 16
3.0 1.6
1.8 1.8
18 11
10
13
14 6 7 8 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 19 15 20 16 17 5 4 3 2 1
6 7
3 2 1 20 16 15 14 4 5 6 7 19 8 20 9 10 21 11 14 13 12 1 3 3 18 13 12 19 17 18
8 9 10 11
320
5S
5E
20
1.6
1.8
11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 21 20 19
5 18
4 3 2 17 1 16 15
2 1 16 15 17
322
5S
5E
22 14
22
2 20
3.0 1.6
1.8 1.8
16 9
13
3 7 12
1 4 8
4 8
7 12
17 21 24 2 8 15 22 28 30 29 1 3 9 16 23 22 18
13
13 18 22 1 3 9 16 23 29 30 2 8 15 22 28 24 21
17
324
5S
5E
24
1.6
2.7
330
1 5 11 18
5S
5E
30
1.3
1.8
5 11 18
1 6 12
6 12
25 31 36 1 7 13 32
19 26
19 26 32 36
25 31
336
5S
5E
36
1.3
1.8
6 12 20
1 7 13
6 12 20
28 34 40 35
21 29
21 29 35
1 7 14 22 30 37 43 38 2 8 15 23 31
28 34 40 1 2 8 15 23 31 38 1 3 43 7 14 22 30 37
340
5S
5E
40
1.3
1.2
344
5S
5E
44
1.3
1.2
44
44
9 16 24 32 39 45
4 10 17 25 33 40
4 10 17 25 33 40
9 16 24 32 39 45
348
5S
5E
48
1.3
1.2
48
46
46
48
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
www.lemo.com 95
Print (straight)
Print (elbow)
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Solder
Multipole
Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Test voltage (kV dc)1) 2) Series
A
Number of contacts
Reference
6S 6E
2
1 3 3
1 2
303
6E
6.0
3.0
4.2
50
2 3
1 4
1 4
2 3
304
6S
6E
8.0
3.0
4.2
60
4 5
3 2 11 1 1 2
4 5
11 12 6 7 9 8
6S 312
6E
12 12
4.0 5.0
6 7
12 10 8 9 10
2.1
3.0
22
3 4 12 5 13 14 6 15 7 11 10
2 2 9 16 8 8 1 1 9 16
3 10 11
4 12 13
316
6
6E
16
3.0
1.5
2.1
14
15
14 7
2 5 9
1 3 6 6 3
2 5 9
13 16 18 17 14
10
10 14 17 18 16
13
318
6S
18
4.0
1.2
1.8
16
5 10
1 2 6 6 2 5 10
15 19 20
11 16
11 16 20
15 19
320
6S
20
3.0
1.5
2.1
14
5 6 7 17 8 9 10 11 18 19 16
4 15
3 2 1 1
3 2 16 15
4 17
5 6 7
18 20 13 12 14 14 13 12 11 20 19 10 9
320
8
6E
20
3.0
1.5
2.1
14
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
96 www.lemo.com
Solder contacts
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Multipole
Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Test voltage (kV dc)1) 2) Series
A
Number of contacts
Reference
6S 6E
3 7 12
1 4 8 8 4
3 7 12
17 21 24 22 18
13
13 18 22 24 21
17
324
6S
24
3.0
1.2
1.8
12
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 20 19
4 3 18 17 2 1 16 15 14 13 2 1 16 15 14 17 3
6 7 20 8 9
18
19
21 22 23
24
24 23 22
21 10 11 13 12
324
6E
24
3.0
1.2
1.8
12
4 9 15 21 26 30
1 5 10 16 22 27 10 5
4 9 15
16 22 27 30
21 26
330
6S
6E
30
2.0
2.1
3.0
10
4 8 16
1 5 9 9 5
4 8 16
332
24 28 32 29 25 17 17 25 29 32 28 24
6E
32
2.0
1.5
2.1
10
3 7 12 18 24 29 33 36
1 4 8 13 19 25 30 34 13 19 25 30 8 4
3 7 12 18 24 29 33
336
6S
36
2.0
1.5
2.1
34
36
5 11 20
1 6 12 12 6
5 11 20
30 36 31 32 35
21
21 35 36
30
336
6E
30 6
1.3 5.0
1.5 1.5
2.1 2.1
34 33
34 33 32
31
6 12 20
1 7 13 13 7
6 12 20
340
28 34 40 35 21 29 21 29 35 40 28 34
6E
40
2.0
1.5
2.1
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
www.lemo.com 97
Solder contacts
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Multipole
Test voltage (kV rms)1) 2) Test voltage (kV dc)1) 2) Series
A
Number of contacts
Reference
6S 6E
3 9 16 24 32 39 45 48
1 4 10 17 25 33 40 46 10 17 4
3 9 16 24
25 33 40 46 48 45
32 39
348
6S
6E
48
2.0
1.5
2.1
6 13 21 30 39 47 54 60
1 7 14 22 31 40 48 55 14 22 31 40 48 55 7
6 13 21 30 39 47 54 60
360
6S
6E
60
1.6
1.5
2.1
1 7 14 22 31 40 48 55 61 62 56 2 8 15 23 32 41 49 15 23 32 41 49 56 8 2
1 7 14 22 31 40 48 55 61 62
362
6E
62
1.6
1.5
2.1
5 13 22 32 42 51 59 64
1 6 14 23 33 43 52 60 14 23 33 43 52 6
5 13 22 32 42 51 59
364
6S
6E
64
1.3
1.2
1.8
60
64
2 9 17 26 36 46 55 63 70 72
1 3 10 18 27 37 47 56 64 71 10 18 27 37 47 56 64 3
2 9 17 26 36 46 55 63 70
372
6S
6E
72
1.3
1.2
1.8
71
72
9 17 26 36 47 59 70 80 89 97 104
3 10 18 27 37 48 60 71 81 90 98 37 48 60 71 81 90 98 18 27 10
9 17 26 36 47 59 70 80 89 97 104
106
6E
106
0.9
0.8
1.2
106
105
105
106
3 11 20 30 41 53 65 76 86 95 103 106
1 4 12 21 31 42 54 66 77 87 96 104 42 54 66 77 87 96 21 31 12 4
3 11 20 30 41 53 65 76 86 95 103
106
6S
106
0.9
0.8
1.2
104
106
Note: 1) see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. 2) lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
98 www.lemo.com
Solder contacts
Watertight
A (mm)
Standard
Ref. C D N K S T U L B G P R H
Latch sleeve + earthing crown Material brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze stainless steel stainless steel brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze Surf. treatment nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2) nickel 2)
Other metallic components Material brass brass brass brass brass brass stainless steel brass brass brass brass brass brass Surf. treatment nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel nickel
Remarks
Note q q q q q q q q q q q q q
Brass chrome Brass gold-plated Brass nickel Brass black chrome Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Aluminium alloy anodized POM (black) PEEK (natural) PSU PPSU PPS/brass /nickel
1)
Only for FFP, ERN and PCP (S series) Only for FFP, ERN and PCP (S series) Only for FFL (S series) 1) Only for FFL (S series) 1) Only for EPL and EXP (S series)
Note: detailed characteristics of these materials and treatments are presented on page 171. 1) see variant for the colour. 2) in the E and L series, the latch sleeve is chrome-plated. q First choice alternative q Special order alternative
Ref. L Y T T V N
Remarks
Note q q q q q q
only for unipole types only for multipole types of the S or E series only for multipole types of the S or E series material for 5S/5E and 6S/6E series multipole inserts
Note: detailed characteristics of these materials are presented on page 175. q First choice alternative q Special order alternative
www.lemo.com
99
A
A C
fig. 1
A
Crimp
fig. 2
A C
C B C B G C B G C B C B
M P M P U M P U M P M P
0.9
30
1.3
40
1.6 2.0
50 65
Print
L A C
L dimensions and C are detailed in the section on PCB drilling pattern. See page 159.
Print (elbow)
A L
L dimensions and C are detailed in the section on PCB drilling pattern. See page 160.
Note:
1) 2)
contact retention force in the insulator (according to IEC 60512-8 test 15 a). for a given AWG, the diameter of some stranded conductor designs is larger than the solder cup diameter. Make sure that the maximum conductor diameter is smaller than C.
100
www.lemo.com
Contacts reference for fixed and free couplers RMA, RAD and SWH
Male - Female
Female - Male
Female - Female
Unipole
Unipole
Unipole
Multipole (odd)
Multipole (odd)
A1)
3 2 3 4 5 1 6
3 2
3 2 3 4
3 2 3 4
Multipole (even)
1 6 5
A1)
1 6 5
Multipole (even)
3 4 5
1 6
A1)
Use of plugs for mating with RAD, RMA and SWH couplers Unipole type: Reference M for coupling two identical plugs fitted with male contact (contact reference A). Reference L for coupling a plug fitted with male contacts (contact reference A) at the flange end for RAD and SWH and an inverted plug fitted with female contacts (contact reference L) at the other end. Reference A for the inverted version of code L. Multipole type: Reference L for coupling a standard plug (contact reference A) at the flange end for RAD and SWH and an inverted plug (contact reference as indicated in the above table) at the other end. Reference M for coupling two standard plugs (contact type A). Only available for RAD and RMA models.
Note: 1) this connector combination does not allow for contact numbering. One of the plugs has to be cable mounted in a way to ensure correct signal continuity.
www.lemo.com
Collet A 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.1 3.7 4.2 2.7 3.1 2.2 3.2 3.7 4.4 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.6 6.8 2.2 3.2 3.7 4.4 4.8 B 1.5 2.7 3.7 3.7 5.2 5.4
Cable Notes max. 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.1 3.6 4.1 2.6 3.0 2.1 3.1 3.6 4.4 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.5 6.7 2.2 3.2 3.6 4.3 4.8 min. 1.3 1.7 > 2.2 > 2.7 3.0 3.3 2.2 2.6 1.7 2.7 3.0 > 3.7 3.8 4.3 4.8 5.3 5.9 6.0 1.3 > 2.2 3.0 3.5 4.4
Collet A 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 6.8 7.2 7.7 8.2 8.7 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 6.6 B 5.2 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7
Cable Notes max. 2.1 3.2 4.1 5.1 6.1 6.7 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 2.2 3.1 4.2 5.2 6.1 6.5 min. 1.7 > 2.2 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.0 6.1 7.1 7.6 8.1 1.2 2.6 > 3.2 > 4.2 5.3 5.9 NEW
00
C C C C K K L L C C C C K K K K K K L L L L L
17 22 27 31 37 42 27 31 22 32 37 44 47 52 57 62 66 68 22 32 37 44 48
NEW NEW
1S
0S
NEW
C C C C C C K K K K L L L L L L
22 32 42 52 62 68 72 77 82 87 22 32 42 52 62 66
1)
1) 1)
NEW NEW
1)
Note: 1) these collets cannot be used for connectors models with nut for fitting a bend relief. 2) these collets are used for the FLA model. All dimensions are in millimetres.
102
www.lemo.com
Collet A 2.7 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 8.7 9.2 9.7 10.2 10.7 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 8.7 4.2 5.7 7.2 8.7 9.7 10.7 12.2 13.2 4.2 5.7 7.2 8.7 9.7 10.7 B 6.7 6.7 6.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 9.0 8.7 9.0 12.2
Cable Notes max. 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.2 6.0 7.2 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.2 7.0 8.0 8.5 4.0 5.7 7.0 8.7 9.5 10.5 12.0 13.0 4.0 5.7 7.0 8.7 9.5 10.5 min. 1.7 2.5 3.1 > 4.2 5.1 > 6.2 7.6 8.1 8.1 9.1 9.6 10.1 2.5 3.1 4.1 > 5.2 6.1 7.6 8.1 3.1 > 4.2 6.1 > 7.2 9.1 10.1 11.1 12.1 3.1 > 4.2 6.1 > 7.2 9.1 10.1
Collet A 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.2 10.2 11.2 12.2 13.2 14.2 15.2 16.2 17.2 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.2 22.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.2 10.2 11.2 12.2 13.2 B 12.2 19.7 19.7 19.7
Cable Notes max. 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 min. 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 12.6 13.1 14.1 15.1 16.1 17.1 18.1 19.1 20.1 21.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 12.6
2S
C C C C C C C C K K K K L L L L L L L C C C C C C K K L L L L L L
27 32 42 52 62 72 82 87 92 97 10 11 32 42 52 62 72 82 87 42 57 72 87 97 11 12 13 42 57 72 87 97 11
4S
NEW NEW
NEW
1)
3S
C C C C C C C C C K K K K K K K K K L L L L L L L L L
52 62 72 82 92 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 52 62 72 82 92 10 11 12 13
1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
1)
Note: 1) these collets cannot be used for connectors models with nut for fitting a bend relief. All dimensions are in millimetres.
www.lemo.com
103
Cable max. 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0 30.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 min. 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 12.1 13.1 14.1 15.1 16.1 17.1 18.1 19.1 20.1 21.1 22.1 23.1 24.1 25.1 26.1 27.1 28.1 29.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 12.1 13.1 14.1 15.1 16.1 17.1 18.1 19.1 20.1
Cable max. 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0 30.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0 30.0 min. 11.1 12.1 13.1 14.1 15.1 16.1 17.1 18.1 19.1 20.1 21.1 22.1 23.1 24.1 25.1 26.1 27.1 28.1 29.1 11.1 12.1 13.1 14.1 15.1 16.1 17.1 18.1 19.1 20.1 21.1 22.1 23.1 24.1 25.1 26.1 27.1 28.1 29.1
5S
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K K K K K L L L L L L L L L L L L L
72 82 92 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 92 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
7.2 8.2 9.2 10.2 11.2 12.2 13.2 14.2 15.2 16.2 17.2 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.2 22.2 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2 27.2 28.2 29.2 30.2 9.2 10.2 11.2 12.2 13.2 14.2 15.2 16.2 17.2 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.2
6S
Note: the 5S.112 is only available with L type of collet All dimensions are in millimetres.
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
12.2 13.2 14.2 15.2 16.2 17.2 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.2 22.2 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2 27.2 28.2 29.2 30.2 12.2 13.2 14.2 15.2 16.2 17.2 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.2 22.2 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2 27.2 28.2 29.2 30.2
104
www.lemo.com
K type oversize cable collet Reference Type Code A 1.6 1.6 2.1 3.1 3.1 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 1.6 2.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 9.2 10.2 10.2 11.2 Collet B 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 6.7 8.2 8.2 8.6 8.2 8.2 8.6 10.2 10.2 10.6
Cable max. 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 min. 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.1
Collet B 10.2 10.2 10.6 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 23.8 23.8
Cable max. 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 12.0 12.8 13.5 14.0 15.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.5 12.0 12.8 13.5 14.0 15.0 16.5 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.5 21.5 22.5 23.5 min. 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.1 10.6 12.1 12.9 13.6 14.1 4.8 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.6 12.1 12.9 13.6 14.1 15.6 16.6 17.6 18.6 19.6 20.6 21.6 22.6
0E
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 11
3E
1E
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K K C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K K K K K
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 9.2 10.2 10.2 11.2 12.3 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 7.3 7.3 8.3 8.3 9.3 9.3 10.8 10.8 12.3 13.8 13.8 15.3 15.3 17.8 17.8 19.8 19.8 21.8 21.8 23.8 23.8
4E
2E
www.lemo.com
105
K type oversize cable collet Reference Type Code A 11.8 11.8 13.8 13.8 15.8 15.8 17.8 17.8 19.8 19.8 21.8 21.8 23.8 23.8 Collet B 23.8 23.8
Cable max. 10.5 11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.5 16.5 17.5 18.5 19.5 20.5 21.5 22.5 23.5 min. 9.6 10.6 11.6 12.6 13.6 14.6 15.6 16.6 17.6 18.6 19.6 20.6 21.6 22.6
Collet B
Cable max. 14.0 15.0 15.5 16.5 18.0 21.5 22.0 23.0 27.0 30.0 min. 13.0 14.1 14.6 15.6 17.1 20.6 21.1 22.1 26.1 29.5
5E
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
6E
C C C C C C C C C L
14 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 27 30
14.2 15.2 15.7 16.7 18.2 23.2 23.2 23.2 27.2 30.2
K type oversize cable collet Reference Type Code A 1.6 1.6 2.1 3.1 3.1 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 1.6 2.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 Collet B 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 6.7 8.2 8.2 8.6
Cable max. 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 min. 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1
Cable max. 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 min. 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.1
0L
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
2L
1L
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C K K K K
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 10 11
2.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 7.2 7.2 8.2 8.2 9.2 9.2 10.2 10.2 11.2
106
www.lemo.com
Ref.
Type C K L C K L C K L C K L C K L C L
Code 15 to 31 37 to 42 17 to 31 27 to 42 47 to 62 27 to 42 27 to 62 72 to 82 27 to 62 42 to 82 92 to 10 42 to 82 52 to 10 12 to 13 52 to 10 82 to 13 82 to 13
Ref.
Collet
Need to be ordered separately (see pages 141 and 142) GMA.00.0qq.Dq GMA.0B.0qq.Dq GMA.00.0qq.Dq GMA.0B.0qq.Dq GMA.1B.0qq.Dq GMA.0B.0qq.Dq GMA.1B.0qq.Dq GMA.2B.0qq.Dq GMA.1B.0qq.Dq GMA.2B.0qq.Dq GMA.3B.0qq.Dq GMA.2B.0qq.Dq GMA.3B.0qq.Dq GMA.4B.0qq.Dq GMA.3B.0qq.Dq GMA.4B.0qq.Dq GMA.4B.0qq.Dq
00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S
0E 0L 1E 1L 2E 2L 3E 4E
C C K C K C K C
10 to 50 15 to 65 70 to 85 15 to 85 90 to 10 30 to 10 11 to 15 50 to 15
Z Z
q q
q q q q q q q Note: other anodizing colours are available for connectors with collet nut for bend relief. Please consult us.
Watertight and vacumtight socket and coupler models (S, E and L series)
Model EWB, HCP, HGP, HGW, SWH EBR, HGP, SWH HGG Reference Watertight Vacuumtight P PV
O-ring and gasket material (E and L series) Standard connectors are delivered with silicone o-ring and gaskets. The vacuumtight models, identified with the letter PV, are delivered with Viton gaskets. Other gaskets material can be delivered upon special request.
S E L
P P
PV PV
Reference H E
107
www.lemo.com
108
www.lemo.com
2G SERIES
2C SERIES
2G Series
The 2G series with key (G) provides the same advantages of space saving due to its small dimensions as the 2C series and is available in multipole type with 18 contacts. Metal housing models (page 111)
Straight plugs Fixed sockets Free sockets
FGG
EGG
ECG
PHG
FGG
ECG
EYG
PHG
Variant: (page 113) Model: (page 111) Series: 2G Insert configuration: (page 112) Contact: (page 113) Insulator: L = PEEK Housing: (page 112)
outer shell latch sleeve collet nut split centre-piece insulator male contact collet
www.lemo.com
> 500 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 55 C + 250 C > 144 h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP50 IEC 60529 55/175/21 IEC 60068-1
Note: The various tests have been carried out with FGG and EGG connector pairs, with chrome-plated brass shell and PEEK insulator. Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171.
FGG.2G Straight plug, key (G), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
28.4 20.4
~30 ~22
14
S 10.5
S 12
Cable assembly (page 115) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
ECG.2G Fixed socket with two nuts, key (G) (back panel mounting)
15.6 maxi 1.8 S 17 3.5
15.6 maxi S 17
M15 x 1
M15 x 1
19.2
19.2
S 13.8
4.3 maxi
18
S 13.8
ECG.2G Fixed socket with two nuts, key (G), straight contact for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
3 S 17 12.5
EYG.2G Fixed socket, key (G), protruding shell (screw fixing on the panel)
M15 x 1
M15 x 1
19.2
S 13.8
4.2 maxi
20
M13 x 0.75
3.5
20
14
PHG.2G Free socket, key (G), cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
~28
26.4
14
S 10.5
S 12
Cable assembly (page 115) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
14
Reference
2G
318 18 0.7
0.85
1.2
5.5
Note:
1) 2)
see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
Ref. C N K
Outer shell and collet nut Material Brass Brass Brass Surf. treatment chrome nickel black chrome
Latch sleeve Material brass/bronze brass/bronze brass/bronze Surf. treatment nickel nickel nickel
Other metallic components Material brass brass brass Surf. treatment nickel nickel nickel
Note
Note: detailed characteristics of these materials and treatments are presented on page 171.
112
www.lemo.com
Rated current
A (mm)
Solder
(A)1)
Ref. A L N
Cable max. 5.1 6.1 7.1 7.9 min. 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
2G
D D D D
52 62 72 80
Ref.
2G
www.lemo.com
113
Part number
A
A 18
N 85
BRE.2G.200.NAS
N
3.5
Note: these caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration. The last letter S of the part number stands for the material of the O ring (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
q Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3 m) q Lanyard material: Stainless steel q O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM
L B M
Part number
A
A 18
N 85
BRF.2G.200.NAS
N
sliding loop
Note: this caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration. The last letter S of the part number stands for the material of the O ring (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
q Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3 m) q Lanyard material: Stainless steel q O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM
S2
Note: for bend reliefs to be used with this nut see section Accessories page 141. q Material: Chrome-plated brass (0.3 m)
Note: other accessories are also available. See section Accessories on page 135.
114
www.lemo.com
60
15
15.1 +0.1 0
30
6.7
M13 x 0.75
0.6
2G
318
0.7
Note: the tolerances on these dimensions are: L: 0.5 mm; S: 0.5 mm; T: 0.2 mm.
www.lemo.com
3.5
13.9 +0.1 0
115
2C Series
In many applications, it is necessary to use multipole connectors which have shortened dimensions but require high contact density. LEMO short series connectors, which are shorter than 30 mm, perfectly meet these needs. The 2C series, featuring a hermaphroditic insert, is available in multipole type up to 14 contacts. Metal housing models (page 117)
Fixed plug Straight plugs Fixed sockets Free sockets Fixed socket
FAA
PCA PSA
HEP
outer shell hexagonal nut locking washer insulator male contact female contact
outer shell latch sleeve collet nut split centre-piece insulator male contact female contact collet
www.lemo.com
> 500 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 55 C + 250 C > 144 h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP50 IEC 60529 55/175/21 IEC 60068-1
Note: The various tests have been carried out with FFA and ERA connector pairs, with chrome-plated brass shell and PEEK insulator. Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171.
FFA.2C Straight plug, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
~30 28.4 20.4
~22
14
S 10.5
S 12
Cable assembly (page 122) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
17 maxi S 17 9.5 S 17
M15 x 1
M15 x 1
19.2
19.2
1.3 maxi
18
S 13.8
S 13.8
4.3 maxi
ECP.2C Fixed socket with two nuts, straight contact for printed circuit (back panel mounting)
3 S 17 12.5 3.5
M15 x 1
M15 x 1
M15 x 1
19.2
19.2
20
18 20
S 13.5
4.2 maxi
S 13.5
14
117
M13 x 0.75
M15 x 1
19.5
20
PCA.2C Free socket, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief 1)
~28
26.4
14
S 10.5
S 12
Cable assembly (page 122) Note: 1) to order, add a Z at the end of the reference. The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
~28 S 17 2
M15 x 1
19.2
S 10.5 S 13.8
5 maxi
118
18
www.lemo.com
14
14
Technical Characteristics
Mechanical and Climatical
Characteristics Endurance Humidity Temperature range Salt spray corrosion test Value > 500 cycles Standard IEC 60512-5 test 9a up to 95% at 60 C - 20 C, +80 C IEC 60512-6 test 11f Characteristics Climatical category Leakage rate (He)1) Maximum operating pressure Value Standard
20/80/21 IEC 60068-1 < 10-7 mbar.l.s-1 IEC 60512-7 test 14b 5 bars IEC 60512-7 test 14d
> 144h
HEP.2C Fixed socket, nut fixing, watertight or vacuumtight (back panel mounting)
20 maxi 4 5.7 10.6 3.5
20 maxi S 13.8
M15 x 1
19.2
20
S 17
5 maxi
www.lemo.com
20
20
119
Reference
2C
2 3 1
1 2
302
1.6
1.80
2.40
20
1 3
303
1 4 2 3
1.3
1.50
2.10
15
2 3
1 4
304
1.3
1.80
2.40
15
3 4 5
2 1 6 4 5 6 3 9 7 8
2 6 10 12 11 3 1 4 8 4 8 1 3 7
2 1
3 4
6 3 2 1 7 8 3 9 8 7
306
2 1 8 7 6 3 4 5
1.3
1.50
2.10
12
308
0.7
0.95
1.35
4 5 10 6
2 1 1
10 5 6
1 3 7 11 12 2 6 10
310
10
0.7
0.95
1.35
312
12
0.7
0.60
0.90
3 7 11
7 11 14 12
314
14
0.7
0.60
0.90
12 14
Note:
1) 2)
see calculation method, caution and suggested standard on page 178. lowest measured value; contact to contact or contact to shell.
Ref.
Note
Note: detailed characteristics of these materials and treatments are presented on page 171.
Ref. A L N
Multipole connectors are fitted with hermaphroditic inserts including male and female contacts. However, by convention, the letter indicating the contact type in the part number composition will be the male contact (reference A) for plugs and female contact (reference L) for sockets.
120
www.lemo.com
A (mm)
Solder
L type
A
Reference Type Code A 2.7 3.2 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.2 7.5 8.0
Cable max. 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.4 7.9 min. 2.2 2.7 3.2 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.2 7.5
Reference Type Code A 1.4 2.7 3.2 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.2 7.7 8.2
Collet B
Cable max. 1.3 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 min. 0.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.2 7.7
2C
C C C C C C C C C C C C
27 32 37 42 47 52 57 62 67 72 75 80
2C
L L L L L L L L L L L L L
14 27 32 37 42 47 52 57 62 67 72 77 82
Ref.
Need to be ordered separately (see pages 141 and 142) GMA.2B.0qq.Dq GMA.2B.0qq.Dq
2C
2C
HEP HGP
www.lemo.com
121
308
0.6 2.8 1.1
310
0.6 1.1 2.8 0.6 2.4 1 2.4 1 (6x) 1 2.4
B +0.1 0
1.1
2.8
1.1
(4x) 1.5
(4x) 1.5
ERY
17 mini
312
0.6 1
314
M13 x 0.75
(6x) 1
2C
Note: the tolerances on these dimensions are: L: 0.5 mm; S: 0.5 mm; T: 0.2 mm.
122
2.4
www.lemo.com
2.8
1D SERIES (quadrax)
1D Series
1D series QUADRAX connectors have four concentric contacts insulated from the connector shell. Specially developed for major radio and television channels, this new connector type provides the possibility of blind mating with the full security of the LEMO Push-Pull self-latching system. Metal housing models (page 125)
Fixed plug Straight plugs Fixed socket Free sockets Bridge plug
FAA
FFA
ERN
PCA
FFA
PCA
CFF, CRF
Straight plug outer shell latch sleeve collet nut split centre-piece insulator printed circuit female contact male intermediate contact female intermediate contact collet
www.lemo.com
10
10
10
Electrical
Characteristics Insulation resistance Insul. res. after 48h 95%RH at 10 MHz Screening efficiency at 1 GHz Contact resistance Value > 1011 > 1010 > 70 dB > 35 dB < 20m Standard IEC 60512-2 test 3a IEC 60512-2 test 3a IEC 60169-1-3 IEC 60169-1-3 IEC 60512-2 test 2a
> 1000 cycles IEC 60512-5 test 9a -40 C, +120 C > 144h IEC 60512-6 test 11f IP50 IEC 60529
Note: 1) for bridge plug: -40 C, +80 C Detailed electrical characteristics, as well as materials and treatment are presented in the chapter Technical Characteristics on page 171.
Part number
~43 ~32
12
S9
S 10
FFA Straight plug, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief
Part number
42 33
12
FFA.1D.694.CNLD42Z FFA.1D.694.CNLD52Z FFA.1D.694.CNLD62Z FFA.1D.694.CNLD72Z Cable assembly (page 128) Note: The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
S9
S 10
Part number
M 12 x 1 15.8 14
7 maxi
S 10.5
www.lemo.com
125
Part number
M 12 x 1 15.8 14
7.5 maxi
S 10.5
CFF Bridge plug with two non-latching plugs CRF Bridge plug with two non-latching plugs with monitoring output
Part number
15 31
CFF.1D.694.PNMG CRF.1D.694.PNFG Note: the last letter (G) of the part number indicates the grey colour of the housing. For other colours, replace this letter (G) by the one corresponding to the required colour.
35
20
42.5
22
Part number PCA.1D.694.CNAD42 PCA.1D.694.CNAD52 PCA.1D.694.CNAD62 PCA.1D.694.CNAD72 PCA.1D.694.CNAD76 Cable assembly (page 128)
~40
S9
S 10
12.5
PCA Free socket, cable collet and nut for fitting a bend relief
Part number PCA.1D.694.CNAD42Z PCA.1D.694.CNAD52Z PCA.1D.694.CNAD62Z PCA.1D.694.CNAD72Z Cable assembly (page 128)
S9
39.5
S 10
12.5
Note: The bend relief must be ordered separately (see page 141).
www.lemo.com
126
Reference
694
0.42
0.6
0.5
Note:
caution and suggested standard on page 178. contact to contact or contact to shell.
Ref. C P
Outer shell and collet nut Material Brass PA.6 Surf. treatment chrome
Latch sleeve + earthing crown Material brass/bronze brass/bronze Surf. treatment nickel nickel
Other metallic components Material brass brass Surf. treatment nickel nickel
Remarks
Solder
Note: detailed characteristics of these materials and treatments are presented on page 171. 1) see variant for the colour. First choice alternative Special order alternative
Ref. A L
Contact type Male solder center contact Female solder center contact
Cable Notes max. 4.0 5.0 6.0 min. 3.1 4.1 5.1
1D
D D D
42 52 62
1D
D D
72 76
Note: 1) these collets cannot be used for connector models with nut for fitting a bend relief. All dimensions are in millimetres.
www.lemo.com
127
Ref.
1D
10.6 +0.1 0
Note: mounting nut torque: 4.5 Nm (1N = 0.102 kg) When connectors are assembled with double panel washers or insulating washers the mounting nut torque is 4 Nm.
1D
694
14
Note: the tolerances on these dimensions are: L: 0.5 mm; S: 0.5 mm; T: 0.2 mm.
128
www.lemo.com
SPARE PARTS
Spare parts
FGG-EGG Insulators for crimp contacts
male
female
Insulator part number Male contact Female contact FGG.00.302.YL FGG.00.303.YL FGG.00.304.YL FGG.0B.302.YL FGG.0B.303.YL FGG.0B.304.YL FGG.0B.305.YL FGG.0B.306.YL FGG.0B.307.YL FGG.0B.309.YL FGG.1B.302.YL FGG.1B.303.YL FGG.1B.304.YL FGG.1B.305.YL FGG.1B.306.YL FGG.1B.307.YL FGG.1B.308.YL FGG.1B.310.YL FGG.1B.314.YL FGG.1B.316.YL FGG.2B.302.YL FGG.2B.303.YL FGG.2B.304.YL FGG.2B.305.YL FGG.2B.306.YL FGG.2B.307.YL FGG.2B.308.YL FGG.2B.310.YL FGG.2B.312.YL FGG.2B.314.YL FGG.2B.316.YL FGG.2B.318.YL FGG.2B.319.YL FGG.3B.302.YL FGG.3B.303.YL FGG.3B.304.YL FGG.3B.305.YL FGG.3B.306.YL FGG.3B.307.YL EGG.00.402.YL EGG.00.403.YL EGG.00.404.YL EGG.0B.402.YL EGG.0B.403.YL EGG.0B.404.YL EGG.0B.405.YL EGG.1B.402.YL EGG.1B.403.YL EGG.1B.404.YL EGG.1B.405.YL EGG.1B.406.YL EGG.1B.407.YL EGG.1B.408.YL EGG.2B.402.YL EGG.2B.403.YL EGG.2B.404.YL EGG.2B.405.YL EGG.2B.406.YL EGG.2B.407.YL EGG.2B.408.YL EGG.2B.410.YL EGG.2B.412.YL EGG.2B.414.YL EGG.2B.416.YL EGG.2B.418.YL EGG.2B.419.YL EGG.3B.402.YL EGG.3B.403.YL EGG.3B.404.YL EGG.3B.405.YL EGG.3B.406.YL EGG.3B.407.YL Insulator part number Male contact Female contact FGG.3B.308.YL FGG.3B.309.ML FGG.3B.310.YL FGG.3B.312.YL FGG.3B.314.YL FGG.3B.316.YL FGG.3B.318.YL FGG.3B.320.YL FGG.3B.322.YL FGG.3B.324.YL FGG.3B.326.YL FGG.3B.330.YL FGG.4B.304.YL FGG.4B.306.YL FGG.4B.307.YL FGG.4B.310.YL FGG.4B.312.YL FGG.4B.316.YL FGG.4B.320.YL FGG.4B.324.YL FGG.4B.330.YL FGG.4B.340.YL FGG.4B.348.YL FGG.5B.304.ML FGG.5B.310.YL FGG.5B.314.YL FGG.5B.316.YL FGG.5B.320.YL FGG.5B.330.YL FGG.5B.340.YL FGG.5B.348.YL FGG.5B.350.ML FGG.5B.354.YL FGG.5B.364.YL EGG.3B.408.YL EGG.3B.409.ML EGG.3B.410.YL EGG.3B.412.YL EGG.3B.414.YL EGG.3B.416.YL EGG.3B.418.YL EGG.3B.420.YL EGG.3B.422.YL EGG.3B.424.YL EGG.3B.426.YL EGG.3B.430.YL EGG.4B.404.YL EGG.4B.406.YL EGG.4B.407.YL EGG.4B.410.YL EGG.4B.412.YL EGG.4B.416.YL EGG.4B.420.YL EGG.4B.424.YL EGG.4B.430.YL EGG.4B.440.YL EGG.4B.448.YL EGG.5B.404.ML EGG.5B.410.YL EGG.5B.414.YL EGG.5B.416.YL EGG.5B.420.YL EGG.5B.430.YL EGG.5B.440.YL EGG.5B.448.YL EGG.5B.450.ML EGG.5B.454.YL EGG.5B.464.YL
Type 302 303 304 302 303 304 305 306 307 309 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 310 314 316 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 310 312 314 316 318 319 302 303 304 305 306 307
Type
00 0B 0K
3B 3K
1B 1K
308 309 310 312 314 316 318 320 322 324 326 330 304 306 307 310 312 316 320 324 330 340 348 304 310 314 316 320 330 340 348 350 354 364
4B 4K
2B 2K
5B 5K
3B 3K
Note: each insulator can be used both for crimp contacts of normal shape (fig. 1) or with reduced solder cups (fig. 2) as shown on page 131.
130
www.lemo.com
Fig. 2
C (mm)
C (mm)
A (mm)
A (mm)
Types
00 0B 0K 0S 1B 1K 1S 2B 2K
0.5 0.45 FGG.00.554.ZZC EGG.00.654.ZZM 0.5 0.45 FGG.00.554.ZZC EGG.00.654.ZZM 0.5 0.45 FGG.00.554.ZZC EGG.00.654.ZZM
0B 0K 0S 1B 1K 1S 2B 2K
0.9 0.80 FGG.0B.561.ZZC EGG.0B.661.ZZM 0.9 0.45 FGG.0B.562.ZZC EGG.0B.662.ZZM 0.7 0.45 FGG.0B.556.ZZC EGG.0B.656.ZZM 0.9 0.80 FGG.0B.561.ZZC EGG.0B.661.ZZM 0.9 0.45 FGG.0B.562.ZZC EGG.0B.662.ZZM 0.7 0.45 FGG.0B.556.ZZC EGG.0B.656.ZZM
302/303 0.9 1.10 FGG.0B.560.ZZC EGG.0B.660.ZZM 304/305 0.7 0.80 FGG.0B.555.ZZC EGG.0B.655.ZZM 306/307/309 0.5 0.45 FGG.0B.554.ZZC 302 304 302/303 304/305 306/307/308 310/314/316 302 304 302 303 304/305 306/307 308/310 312/314/316 318/319 306 302 303/304/309 305/306/307 308/309/310 312/314 316/318 320/322/324 326/330 304 306/307 310 312 316/320 324/330 340/348 304 310 314/316 320 330/340/348 350/354/364 0.9 1.10 FGG.0B.560.ZZC EGG.0B.660.ZZM 0.7 0.80 FGG.0B.555.ZZC EGG.0B.655.ZZM 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 1.40 1.10 0.80 0.45 FGG.1B.565.ZZC EGG.1B.665.ZZM FGG.1B.560.ZZC EGG.1B.660.ZZM FGG.1B.555.ZZC EGG.1B.655.ZZM FGG.1B.554.ZZC
302/303 1.3 1.10 FGG.1B.566.ZZC EGG.1B.666.ZZM 304/305 0.9 0.80 FGG.1B.561.ZZC EGG.1B.661.ZZM 306/307/308 0.7 0.45 FGG.1B.556.ZZC EGG.1B.656.ZZM 302 304 302 303 304/305 306/307 304/305 306/307 308/310 308/310 312/314/316 318/319 306 306 303/304/309 305/306/307 308/309/310 312/314 316/318 312/314 316/318 316/318 320/322/324 326/330 320/322/324 326/330 306/307 310 312 316/320 324/330 340/348 314/316 320 320 330/340/348 330/340/348 350/354/364 1.3 1.10 FGG.1B.566.ZZC EGG.1B.666.ZZM 0.9 0.80 FGG.1B.561.ZZC EGG.1B.661.ZZM 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.90 1.40 1.10 1.10 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.45 0.45 0.45 FGG.2B.576.ZZC FGG.2B.571.ZZC FGG.2B.566.ZZC FGG.2B.566.ZZC FGG.2B.567.ZZC FGG.2B.567.ZZC FGG.2B.561.ZZC FGG.2B.562.ZZC FGG.2B.556.ZZC FGG.2B.556.ZZC EGG.2B.676.ZZM EGG.2B.671.ZZM EGG.2B.666.ZZM EGG.2B.666.ZZM EGG.2B.667.ZZM EGG.2B.667.ZZM EGG.2B.661.ZZM EGG.2B.662.ZZM EGG.2B.656.ZZM EGG.2B.656.ZZM
1.3 1.40 FGG.1B.565.ZZC EGG.1B.665.ZZM 0.9 1.10 FGG.1B.560.ZZC EGG.1B.660.ZZM 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.7 2.40 1.90 1.40 1.40 1.10 0.80 0.80 FGG.2B.575.ZZC FGG.2B.570.ZZC FGG.2B.565.ZZC FGG.2B.565.ZZC FGG.2B.560.ZZC FGG.2B.555.ZZC FGG.2B.555.ZZC EGG.2B.675.ZZM EGG.2B.670.ZZM EGG.2B.665.ZZM EGG.2B.665.ZZM EGG.2B.660.ZZM EGG.2B.655.ZZM EGG.2B.655.ZZM
2S 3B 3K
1.3 1.40 FGG.2B.565.ZZC EGG.2B.665.ZZM 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 2.90 2.40 1.90 1.40 1.10 1.10 0.80 0.80 2.90 2.40 1.90 1.40 1.10 1.10 0.80 4.00 2.90 2.40 1.90 1.40 1.10 FGG.3B.580.ZZC FGG.3B.575.ZZC FGG.3B.570.ZZC FGG.3B.565.ZZC FGG.3B.560.ZZC FGG.3B.560.ZZC FGG.3B.555.ZZC FGG.3B.555.ZZC FGG.4B.580.ZZC FGG.4B.575.ZZC FGG.4B.570.ZZC FGG.4B.565.ZZC FGG.4B.560.ZZC FGG.4B.560.ZZC FGG.4B.555.ZZC FGG.5B.582.ZZC FGG.5B.580.ZZC FGG.5B.575.ZZC FGG.5B.570.ZZC FGG.5B.565.ZZC FGG.5B.560.ZZC EGG.3B.680.ZZM EGG.3B.675.ZZM EGG.3B.670.ZZM EGG.3B.665.ZZM EGG.3B.660.ZZM EGG.3B.660.ZZM EGG.3B.655.ZZM EGG.3B.655.ZZM EGG.4B.680.ZZM EGG.4B.675.ZZM EGG.4B.670.ZZM EGG.4B.665.ZZM EGG.4B.660.ZZM EGG.4B.660.ZZM EGG.4B.655.ZZM EGG.5B.682.ZZM EGG.5B.680.ZZM EGG.5B.675.ZZM EGG.5B.670.ZZM EGG.5B.665.ZZM EGG.5B.660.ZZM
2S 3B 3K
1.3 1.10 FGG.2B.566.ZZC EGG.2B.666.ZZM 1.3 0.80 FGG.2B.567.ZZC EGG.2B.667.ZZM 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 2.0 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 1.90 1.40 1.10 1.10 1.10 0.80 0.80 0.45 0.80 0.80 0.45 0.45 1.90 1.40 1.10 0.80 0.80 0.45 1.90 1.90 1.40 1.40 1.10 0.80 FGG.3B.576.ZZC FGG.3B.571.ZZC FGG.3B.566.ZZC FGG.3B.560.ZZC FGG.3B.560.ZZC FGG.3B.561.ZZC FGG.3B.561.ZZC FGG.3B.562.ZZC FGG.3B.555.ZZC FGG.3B.555.ZZC FGG.3B.556.ZZC FGG.3B.556.ZZC FGG.4B.576.ZZC FGG.4B.571.ZZC FGG.4B.566.ZZC FGG.4B.561.ZZC FGG.4B.561.ZZC FGG.4B.556.ZZC FGG.5B.576.ZZC FGG.5B.570.ZZC FGG.5B.571.ZZC FGG.5B.565.ZZC FGG.5B.566.ZZC FGG.5B.561.ZZC EGG.3B.676.ZZM EGG.3B.671.ZZM EGG.3B.666.ZZM EGG.3B.660.ZZM EGG.3B.660.ZZM EGG.3B.661.ZZM EGG.3B.661.ZZM EGG.3B.662.ZZM EGG.3B.655.ZZM EGG.3B.655.ZZM EGG.3B.656.ZZM EGG.3B.656.ZZM EGG.4B.676.ZZM EGG.4B.671.ZZM EGG.4B.666.ZZM EGG.4B.661.ZZM EGG.4B.661.ZZM EGG.4B.656.ZZM EGG.5B.676.ZZM EGG.5B.670.ZZM EGG.5B.671.ZZM EGG.5B.665.ZZM EGG.5B.666.ZZM EGG.5B.661.ZZM
4B 4K
4B 4K
5B 5K
5B 5K
www.lemo.com
131
Part number
A C L
Series
1S-1B 16.0 12.1 1D 1E-1K 21.8 16.1 2S-2B 19.5 15.1 2C-2G 3S-3B 25.0 18.1 4S-4B 32.0 25.1
Note: to order this accessory separately, use the above part numbers.
A C L
Dimensions (mm) A C L 9 11 15 18 22 28 40 7.1 9.1 12.1 15.1 18.1 25.2 35.2 2.0 2.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 7.5
Note: sockets of series 5B and 5S are always supplied with a tapered washer. To order this accessory separately, use the above part numbers.
Part number GEA.00.240.LN GEA.0S.240.LN GEA.0S.241.LN GEA.0E.240.LN GEA.1S.240.LN GEA.1E.240.LN GEA.2S.240.LN GEA.2E.240.LN GEA.3S.240.LN GEA.3E.240.LN GEA.4S.240.LN GEA.4E.240.LN q Material: Nickel-plated brass (3 m) Natural anodized aluminium alloy Stainless steel
B
Series 00 0S-0B 0S-0B 0E-0K-0L 1S-1B 1S-1B-1D 1E-1K-1L 2S-2B 2S-2B 2E-2K-2L 3S-3B 3E-3K 4S-4B 4E-4K
A 9 11 12 17 14 19 17 24 22 30 30 36
Dimensions (mm) B e
A e L
10.2 M7 x 0.50 2.0 12.4 M 9 x 0.60 2.0 13.8 M10 x 0.75 2.5 19.2 M14 x 1.00 2.5 15.8 M12 x 1.00 2.5 21.5 M16 x 1.00 3.0 19.2 27.0 25.0 34.0 34.0 40.5 M15 x 1.00 M20 x 1.00 M18 x 1.00 M24 x 1.00 M25 x 1.00 M30 x 1.00 2.7 4.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 7.0
Note: to order this part separately, use the above part numbers. The last letters LN of the part number refer to the nut material and treatment. If a nut in aluminium alloy or stainless steel is desired, replace the last letters of the part number by PT or AZ respectively.
132
www.lemo.com
Part number
B
Model 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2
Dimensions (mm) B e L 10 12 18 16 20 14 20 24 25 M7 x 0.5 M9 x 0.6 M14 x 1.0 M12 x 1.0 M16 x 1.0 M11 x 0.5 M15 x 1.0 M19 x 1.0 M20 x 1.0 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Model 1
A e L
Material: Chrome-plated brass (Ni 3 m + Cr 0.3 m) Note: 00, 0B, 0S, 1B, 1S, 2B and 2S series fixed and free sockets for back panel mounting are always delivered with this notched nut. To order this accessory separately, use the above part numbers.
Model 2
A 8 10 16 13 17 12 17 20 22 20 27 27 32 37
Dimensions (mm) B e L 10.0 12.0 18.0 16.0 20.0 14.0 20.0 24.0 25.0 24.0 30.0 30.0 35.5 41.0 M7 x 0.5 M9 x 0.6 M14 x 1.0 M12 x 1.0 M16 x 1.0 M11 x 0.5 M15 x 1.0 M19 x 1.0 M20 x 1.0 M18 x 1.0 M24 x 1.0 M25 x 1.0 M30 x 1.0 M35 x 1.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.2 4.0 3.2 3.8 5.8 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0
Material: Chrome-plated brass (Ni 3 m + Cr 0.3 m) Note: 3B, 3K, 3S, 3E, 4B, 4K, 4S, 4E, 5B, 5K, 5S, 5E, 6S and 6E series fixed and free sockets for back panel mounting are always delivered with a conical nut. To order this accessory separately, use the part numbers in the adjacent table.
GEC.00.240.LC GEC.0S.240.LC GEC.0E.240.LC GEC.1S.240.LC GEC.1S.241.LC GEC.1S.242.LC GEC.2S.240.LC GEC.2S.241.LC GEC.2E.240.LC GEC.3S.240.LC GEC.3E.240.LC GEC.4S.240.LC GEC.4K.241.LC GEC.5S.240.LC
Part number GEB.00.240.LN GEB.0S.240.LN GEB.0E.240.LN GEB.1S.240.LN GEB.1E.240.LN GEB.2S.240.LN GEB.2B.240.LN GEB.3S.240.LN GEB.4S.240.LN GEB.5S.240.LN GEB.5E.240.LN GEB.6S.241.LN GEB.6E.240.LN
Model 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Dimensions (mm) A e L 9.0 11.0 18.0 14.0 20.0 18.0 17.5 22.0 28.0 40.0 54.0 54.0 65.0 M7 x 0.50 M9 x 0.60 M14 x 1.00 M12 x 1.00 M16 x 1.00 M15 x 1.00 M15 x 0.75 M18 x 1.00 M25 x 1.00 M35 x 1.00 M45 x 1.50 M48 x 1.50 M55 x 2.00 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 2.5 5.5 6.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 9.0
Model 1
A e L
Note: 5B, 5K, 5S, 5E, 6S and 6E series sockets are always supplied with model 2 round nuts. To order this accessory separately, use the part numbers in the adjacent table.
www.lemo.com
133
134
www.lemo.com
ACCESSORIES
TOOLING
Accessories
BFG Plug caps
L
Part number
A B
Series 00 0S-0B
1S-1B 12.0 15.0 13.8 1D 2S-2B 15.0 18.0 15.0 3S-3B 18.5 22.0 18.5
BFG.2B.100.PCSG BFG.3B.100.PCSG q q q q q Body material: Polyoxymethylene (POM) grey (or black) Cord material: Polyamide 6, grey (or black) Gasket material: Silicone rubber Maximum operating temperature: 100C Watertightness: IP61 according to IEC 60529
Note: this cap is available only with an alignment key (G). Upon request this cap can be supplied in black and the last letter G of the part number should be replaced with N.
Fitting the cord Slide the plug into the loop of the cord. Place the loop into the groove in front of the collet nut and tighten the loop.
Part number BFA.0E.100.NAS BFA.1E.100.NAS BFA.2E.100.NAS BFA.3E.100.NAS BFA.4E.100.NAS BFA.4S.100.NAS BFA.5E.100.NAS BFA.5S.100.NAS BFA.6S.100.NAS
A
Series 0E 1E 2E 3E 4E 4S 5E 5S 6S
Dimensions (mm) A B L N 14.0 16.0 19.5 23.0 29.0 25.0 44.0 36.0 46.0 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 12.5 15.5 17.5 22.0 22.5 22.2 27.0 30.2 33.0 85 85 85 120 120 120 150 150 150
q q q q q q
Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3m) Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM Maximum operating temperature: 135C Watertightness: IP68 according to IEC 60529 for E series
N sliding loop
Note: the last letter S of the part number stands for the material of the Oring (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
Part number BFG.0K.100.NAS BFG.1K.100.NAS BFG.2K.100.NAS BFG.3K.100.NAS BFG.4B.100.NAS BFG.4K.100.NAS BFG.5B.100.NAS BFG.5K.100.NAS BFG.6E.100.NAS
A
Dimensions (mm) A B L N 14.0 16.0 19.5 23.0 25.0 29.0 36.0 44.0 54.0 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 12.5 15.5 17.5 22.0 20.2 22.5 27.2 27.0 31.0 85 85 85 120 120 120 150 150 150
q q q q q q
Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3m) Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM Maximum operating temperature: 135C Watertightness: IP68 according to IEC 60529 for E and K series
N sliding loop
Note: this cap is available only with an alignment key (G). The last letter S of the part number stands for the material of the O-ring (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
www.lemo.com
136
Part number BHG.0K.100.NAS BHG.1K.100.NAS BHG.2K.100.NAS BHG.3K.100.NAS BHG.4B.100.NAS BHG.4K.100.NAS BHG.5B.100.NAS BHG.5K.100.NAS BHG.6E.100.NAS
Dimensions (mm) A B L N 14.0 16.0 19.5 23.0 25.0 29.0 36.0 44.0 54.0 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 12.5 15.5 17.5 22.0 20.2 22.5 27.2 27.0 31.0 85 85 85 120 120 120 150 150 150
q q q q q q
Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3m) Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM Maximum operating temperature: 135C Watertightness: IP68 according to IEC 60529 for E and K series
3.5
Note: this cap is available only with an alignment key (G). The last letter S of the part number stands for the material of the O-ring (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
Series 3K
q Material: black EPDM q Lanyard material: Stainless steel q Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin Note: These caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration.
Series 3K
q Material: black EPDM q Lanyard material: Stainless steel q Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin Note: These caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration.
3.5
L M
BRA Blanking caps for fixed sockets and free straight sockets
Dimensions (mm) B L M 3.5 4.8 5.6 6.0 7.0
Part number
A
Series
N 60 60 60 60 60
3.5
00 7.5 9.8 9.0 0S-0B 10.0 12.5 11.0 1S-1B 14.0 17.0 13.5 1D 2S-2B 18.0 21.0 14.5 2C-2G 3S-3B 22.0 25.5 17.0
BRA.2B.200.PCSG BRA.3B.200.PCSG
q q q q q
Body material: Polyoxymethylene (POM) grey (or black) Cord material: Polyamide 6, grey (or black) Gasket material: Silicone rubber Maximum operating temperature: 100C Watertightness: IP61 according to IEC 60529
Note: these caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration. On request this cap can be supplied in black. If so, replace the last letter G of the part number by N.
www.lemo.com
137
A 8 10 14 18 22 28 40 54 57
Dimensions (mm) B L M 7.5 8.8 9.5 10.5 11.0 12.5 12.0 14.0 20.0 22.0 22.0 24.0 14.0 18.0 23.0 30.0 30.0 31.5 3.5 4.5 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 14.0
BRE.1S.200.NAS
N
3.5
Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3 m) Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM Maximum operating temperature: 135C Watertightness: IP61 according to IEC 60529 for S series
Note: these caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration. The last letter S of the part number stands for the O-ring material (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
Part number
A
Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3 m) Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM Maximum operating temperature: 135C Watertightness: IP68 according to IEC 60529
3.5
Note: these caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration. The last letter S of the part number stands for the O-ring material (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
Series 3K 4K
Material: black EPDM Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin Note: These caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration.
3.3
Series 3K
Material: black EPDM Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin Note: These caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration.
www.lemo.com
138
Part number
A B
Series
Dimensions (mm) B L M 9.8 9.0 12.5 11.0 17.0 13.5 21.0 14.5 25.5 17.0 3.5 4.8 5.6 6.0 7.0
N 85 85 85 85 95
BRD.2B.200.PCSG BRD.3B.200.PCSG q q q q q Body material: Polyoxymethylene (POM) grey (or black) Cord material: Polyamide 6, grey (or black) Gasket material: Silicone rubber Maximum operating temperature: 100C Watertightness: IP61 according to IEC 60529
Note: on request this cap is available in black. If required, replace the last letter G of the part number by N.
Fitting the cord Slide the socket into the loop of the cord. Place the loop into the groove in front of the collet nut. Tighten the loop.
Part number BRF.00.200.NAS BRF.0S.200.NAS BRF.1S.200.NAS BRF.2S.200.NAS BRF.3S.200.NAS BRF.4S.200.NAS BRF.5S.200.NAS BRF.6S.200.NAS
N
A 8 10 14 18 22 28 40 54
Dimensions (mm) B L M 7.5 8.8 9.5 10.5 11.0 12.5 12.0 14.0 20.0 22.0 22.0 3.5 4.5 5.0
N 85 85 85
sliding loop
14.0 6.0 85 18.0 8.0 120 23.0 10.0 120 30.0 12.0 150 30.0 12.0 150
q q q q q q
Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3 m) Lanyard material: Stainless steel Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM Maximum operating temperature: 135C Watertightness: IP61 according to IEC 60529 for S series
Note: these caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration. The last letter S of the part number stands for the O-ring material (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V.
sliding loop
Note: these caps are suitable for use with any alignment key configuration. The last letter S of the part number stands for the O-ring material (silicone rubber). O-rings made from FPM are also available; if required, replace the letter S by V. q O-ring material: Silicone rubber or FPM q Maximum operating temperature: 135C q Watertightness: IP68 according to IEC 60529
139
q Body material: Nickel-plated brass (Ni 3 m) q Lanyard material: Stainless steel q Crimp ferrule material: Nickel-plated brass + polyolefin
www.lemo.com
BRR Spring loaded dust caps for ERA, ERN and EG sockets or PSA and PK fixed sockets
Series
Dimensions (mm) C E L M
0S-0B 11.0 13.3 9.0 5.8 5.0 1.2 15.3 1S-1B 14.2 17.1 12.0 6.0 6.3 1.5 20.3 1D 2S-2B 18.6 22.4 15.2 6.5 8.2 2.0 26.2 2C-2G 3S-3B 22.5 26.5 18.2 9.0 8.8 2.5 30.8
BRR.2S.200.PZSG BRR.3S.200.PZSG
Note: On request, this cap is available in black. If so replace the last letter G of the part number by N.
M
E maxi
Body material: Polyoxymethylene (POM) grey (or black) Gasket material: Silicone rubber Spring material: Stainless steel Axes material: Nickel-plated brass Maximum operating temperature: 100C Watertightness: IP61 according to IEC 60529
Series 3K
A 29
N 33.2
Cap material: Polyoxymethylene (POM) grey Body material: Nickel-plated brass Gasket material: Silicone rubber Spring material: Stainless steel Axes material: Nickel-plated brass Maximum operating temperature: 100C Watertightness: IP61 according to IEC 60529
140
www.lemo.com
GM Bend relief (Polyurethane) A bend relief made from thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer (Desmopan 786) can be fitted over LEMO plugs and sockets that are supplied with nut for fitting such bend relief. They are available in nine different colours that match with the GRA insulating washers (see page 144). Use the part numbers shown below to order this accessory separately.
L A
Main characteristics
Material: Polyurethane elastomer Temperature range in dry atmosphere: Dimensions (mm) Bend relief Cable A L max. min. 1.2 1.8 2.5 2.8 3.2 2.5 2.8 3.2 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.4 6.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.8 4.5 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 8.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.5 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36 36 36 42 42 42 42 42 60 60 60 60 60 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.1 3.5 2.8 3.1 3.5 2.9 3.4 3.9 4.4 5.2 2.9 3.4 3.9 4.4 4.9 6.0 7.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.5 7.7 8.8 5.2 6.9 7.9 8.9 10.0 9.0 10.9 11.9 13.0 14.5 1.1 1.8 2.5 2.8 3.2 2.5 2.8 3.2 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.4 6.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.8 4.5 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 8.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.5
-40C +80C
Part number of nut for fitting the bend relief
Part number GMA.00.012.DG GMA.00.018.DG GMB.00.025.DG GMB.00.028.DG GMB.00.032.DG GMD.00.025.DG GMD.00.028.DG GMD.00.032.DG GMA.0B.025.DG GMA.0B.030.DG GMA.0B.035.DG GMA.0B.040.DG GMA.0B.045.DG GMA.1B.025.DG GMA.1B.030.DG GMA.1B.035.DG GMA.1B.040.DG GMA.1B.045.DG GMA.1B.054.DG GMA.1B.065.DG GMA.2B.040.DG GMA.2B.045.DG GMA.2B.050.DG GMA.2B.060.DG GMA.2B.070.DG GMA.2B.080.DG GMA.3B.050.DG GMA.3B.060.DG GMA.3B.070.DG GMA.3B.080.DG GMA.3B.090.DG GMA.4B.080.DG GMA.4B.010.DG GMA.4B.011.DG GMA.4B.012.DG GMA.4B.013.DG
Series
Note
00
FFM.00.130.LC 1) FFM.00.131.LC 2)
1) 2)
The GMD are thin bend reliefs (for very flexible cables) FFM.0B.130.LC FFM.2B.132.LC 1) FFM.0S.130.LC
0B 0S
1)
For use only with connectors from series 2B equipped with cable fixing type M and where a bend relief from series 0B is used.
For use only with connectors from series 3B equipped with cable fixing type M and where a bend relief from series 1B is used.
For use only with connectors from series 4B equipped with cable fixing type M and where a bend relief from series 2B is used.
2E-2K-2L FFM.2E.130.LC 2C-2G 3S 3B 3E-3K 4S 4S 4B 4E-4K FFM.2C.130.LC FFM.3S.130.LC FFM.3B.130.LC FFM.3E.130.LC FFM.4S.130.LC FFM.4S.130.LC FFM.4B.130.LC FFM.4E.130.LC
Note: the last letter G of the part number indicates the grey colour of the bend relief. For ordering a bend relief with another colour, see table on page 142 and replace the letter G by the letter of the required colour. See also detailed information for each series: B series on page 54: K series on page 54; S series on page 107; E series on page 107.
www.lemo.com
141
GMA Bend relief (Silicone) A bend relief has been designed for connectors used in applications at high temperature or requiring vapour sterilization. These bend reliefs are different from previous ones as for their material, a silicone elastomer which is noted for its retention of flexibility over a wide temperature range. They are available in nine colours. Use the part numbers shown below to order this accessory separately.
L A
Main characteristics
Material: Silicone elastomer VMQ Temperature range in dry atmosphere: -60C Temperature range in water steam: +140C Dimensions (mm) Bend relief Cable A L max. min. 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.3 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.3 7.1 8.0 27 27 27 27 27 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 2.9 3.4 3.9 4.4 5.2 2.9 3.4 3.9 4.4 5.0 5.6 6.2 7.0 4.4 5.0 5.6 6.2 7.0 7.9 9.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.3 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.3 7.1 8.0
+200C
Part number GMA.0B.025.RG GMA.0B.030.RG GMA.0B.035.RG GMA.0B.040.RG GMA.0B.045.RG GMA.1B.025.RG GMA.1B.030.RG GMA.1B.035.RG GMA.1B.040.RG GMA.1B.045.RG GMA.1B.051.RG GMA.1B.057.RG GMA.1B.063.RG GMA.2B.040.RG GMA.2B.045.RG GMA.2B.051.RG GMA.2B.057.RG GMA.2B.063.RG GMA.2B.071.RG GMA.2B.080.RG
Series
Part number of nut for fitting the bend relief FFM.0B.130.LC FFM.2B.132.LC 1) FFM.0S.130.LC
1)
Note
0B 0S
For use only with connectors from series 2B equipped with cable fixing type M and where a bend relief from series 0B is used.
For use only with connectors from series 3B equipped with cable fixing type M and where a bend relief from series 1B is used.
1S
FFM.1S.130.LC
For use only with connectors from series 4B equipped with cable fixing type M and where a bend relief from series 2B is used.
Note: the last letter G of the part number indicates the grey colour of the bend relief. For ordering a bend relief with another colour, see table on page 142 and replace the letter G by the letter of the required colour. See also detailed information for each series: B series on page 54: K series on page 54; S series on page 107; E series on page 107.
Note: the selection of pigments, which should remain stable at high temperature, is limited by the new regulations. For this reason, some colours will be a shade different from those used for Desmopan bend reliefs. The selected solutions represent the best possible compromise.
Ref. A B G J M
Ref. N R S V
142
www.lemo.com
GMq Overall bend relief for plugs and sockets Overall bend reliefs, type GMF for plugs and GMP for sockets offer optimum protection against mechanical damage and give a protection index of IP65 according to IEC 60529 (mated position). These bend reliefs slide easily over the connector shell and are positioned by slightly pressing the bend relief backnut. The special design of the bend relief for plug provides for easy use of the push-pull self-latching system. GMF Bend relief for straight plug
Dimensions (mm) Bend relief Cable A L max. min. 11.0 60.5 16.0 72.0 22.0 95.0 3.5 6.2 8.2 1.0 2.5 5.0
Part number
L
Dimensions (mm) Bend relief Cable A L max. min. 11.0 69.0 3.5 16.0 80.0 6.2 21.0 102.5 8.2 1.0 2.5 5.0
The overall bend relief shall be installed over plug or free socket fitted with a nut for bend relief. The typical applications are shown below. The overall bend relief can be cut at different length depending on cable diameter.
Plug-free socket
PCA FFA S series
PHG
FGG
B series
Plug-fixed socket Optimum protection is offered only when using front panel mounting fixed sockets
ERA
FFA
S series
EGG
FGG
B series
www.lemo.com
143
Part number
Series
Cut A B C D E
admissible (mm) min. max. 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.5 13.0 15.0 8.9 9.9 11.4 12.9 14.9 16.5
4E
131 35
GMF.4K.080.EANZ
31 31
FGG
AB C D E 160
Part number
Series
Cut A B C D E
admissible (mm) min. max. 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.5 13.0 15.0 8.9 9.9 11.4 12.9 14.9 16.5
156
17
4E GMP.4K.080.EANZ
31
35
PHG
AB C D E 160
GRA Insulating washers Sockets or plugs mounted on panels can be fitted with insulating washers. The nine colours available combined with those for the bend reliefs makes colour coding possible.
Part number GRA.00.269.GG GRA.0S.269.GG GRA.1S.269.GG GRA.2S.269.GG GRA.3S.269.GG GRA.4S.269.GG Series 00 0S-0B 1S-1B 2S-2B 3S-3B 4S-4B Dimensions (mm) E L M S 4.5 6.0 6.5 7.3 10.3 10.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.3 2.2 2.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.2 1.5 6.4 8.3 10.6 13.6 16.7 23.6
Caution: these insulating washers can be used with fixed and free sockets with across flat dimension S1 equivalent to the S dimension of the washer.
Ref.
B
Ref. N R S V
E maxi
A B G J M
Note: the last letter G of the part number indicates the colour grey for the insulating washer. To obtain an insulating washer of another colour, refer to the table above and change the letter G of the part number to the corresponding letter of the colour required. For the panel cut-out, please consult chapter Panel cut-out on page 153.
www.lemo.com
GRC Double panel washers Double panel washers have been designed to make the drilling of panel holes easier for mounting fixed and free sockets. The combination of the nine different colours of the double panel washers and of the bend reliefs makes colour coding possible.
Part number GRC.0S.260.HG GRC.1B.260.HG Series Dimensions (mm) E H L M N R
0S-0B 10.9 5 14 2.5 1.5 26.5 12.5 8.3 1S-1B 13.9 5 20 3.3 1.8 34.5 14.5 10.6
L M
Caution: these double panel washers can be used with fixed or free sockets with across flat dimension S1 equivalent to the S dimension of the washer.
R S
Ref. A B G J M
Ref. N R S V
E maxi
Note: the last letter G of the washers part number indicates the colour grey. For other colours, refer to the above table and replace letter G by the one corresponding to the colour required. For the panel cut-out, please consult chapter Panel cut-out on page 153.
Series 00 0S-0B 0E-0K 1S-1B 1E-1K 2S-2B 2E-2K 3S-3B 4S-4B 4E-4K 5S-5B
Dimensions (mm) A B L N 9.5 13.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 25.0 35.0 35.0 42.0 7.1 9.1 14.1 12.2 16.2 15.2 20.2 18.2 25.6 30.6 35.1 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.3 18.2 22.0 27.5 27.5 32.0 32.0 39.0 39.0 50.0 50.0 57.5
GCA.00.255.LT GCA.0S.255.LT GCA.0E.255.LT GCA.1S.255.LT GCA.1E.255.LT GCA.2S.255.LT GCA.2E.255.LT GCA.3S.255.LT GCA.4S.255.LT GCA.4E.255.LT GCA.5S.255.LT
Part number
~L S3 M
Dimensions (mm) e E L M
S1 S2 S3 6 7 9 11 14 17
6.5 8.1 M5x0.5 1.5 16 4.0 5 12.0 12.5 M9x0.6 5.0 26 7.5 11 17.0 19.5 M15x1.0 8.1 30 12.0
E maxi
S1
S2
Note: = collet cable diameter of the B series. For cable diameter refer to page 52. The cable collet system stands for both screened and unscreened cables. It can be delivered with a nut for fitting a bend relief it you add a Z at the end of the part number.
www.lemo.com
145
Tooling
DCG Spanners for hexagonal nuts
N
Dimensions (mm) B L N 14 16 20 23 28 40 45 52 62 76 50 52 65 68 73
DCA Spanners for hexagonal nuts with locator for flats on socket thread
Dimensions (mm) B L N 14 16 20 23 28 65 73 85 100 120 50 52 65 68 73 Part number of the nut GEA.00.240.LN GEA.0S.240.LN GEA.1S.240.LN GEA.2S.240.LN GEA.3S.240.LN
Part number
L max
Dimensions (mm) B L N 11 13 16 20 24 40 45 52 62 76 50 50 65 65 70
A B
Dimensions (mm) A B L N 10.1 12.1 16.1 20.1 12.8 14.8 21.0 22.8 124 124 124 129 48.3 49.3 51.9 53.5
146
www.lemo.com
Dimensions (mm) L M N S1 70 70 78 78 78 0.95 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 10.5 10.5 12.6 12.6 12.6 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
S1
A B
Part number DCH.91.101.PA DCH.91.121.PA DCH.91.181.PA DCH.91.161.PA DCH.91.201.PA DCH.91.141.PA DCH.91.201.PA DCH.91.241.PA DCH.91.251.PA
N
Dimensions (mm) A B L N 10.1 12.1 18.1 16.1 20.1 14.1 20.1 24.1 25.1 12.8 14.8 22.8 21.0 22.8 18.6 22.8 30.8 32.8 124 124 129 124 129 124 129 134 134 48.3 49.3 53.1 51.2 53.5 51.2 53.5 52.6 55.5
Part number of the nut GEG.00.240.LC GEG.0S.240.LC GEG.0E.240.LC GEG.1S.240.LC GEG.1E.240.LC GEG.1S.242.LC GEG.2S.240.LC GEG.2S.241.LC GEG.2E.240.LC
Dimensions (mm) M N S1 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 21 25 30 35 40 45 8.1 10.1 13.1 15.1 21.2 31.2
DCP.91.045.TN
Series 00 0S 1S
www.lemo.com
147
Series 00 0S 1S 2S-2C 3S
Dimensions (mm) B L N 9 12 14 17 20 42 47 53 63 74 12 17 19 20 22
Series 00
Dimensions (mm) A B 10 15 12 18
Example for use The plug end must be held in the pliers whilst the nut is tightened with the flat spanner.
Spanner Pliers DPF
DTA Taps
Series 00 0S-0B
Positioners part number For male contact DCE.91.050.0VC For female contact DCE.91.050.0VM
male
female
00 0B 0K 0S
0.5 0.45 1 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.10 0.80 0.45 0.80 0.45 1 2 2 1 2
Fig.
Conductor AWG 28-30-32 20-22-24 22-24-26 28-30-32 22-24-26 28-30-32 28-30-32 18-20 20-22-24 20-22-24 22-24-26 22-24-26 28-30-32 28-30-32 18-20 20-22-24 22-24-26 20-22-24 22-24-26 28-30-32 22-24-26
These positioners are suitable for use with both manual and pneumatic crimping tools according to the MIL-C-22520/7-01 standard. Fig. 1
A C
DCE.91.090.BVC DCE.91.090.AVC DCE.91.070.BVC DCE.91.050.BVC DCE.91.131.BVC DCE.91.091.BVC DCE.91.071.BVC DCE.91.051.BVC DCE.91.132.BVC DCE.91.132.CVC DCE.91.092.BVC DCE.91.092.AVC DCE.91.072.BVC
DCE.91.090.BVM DCE.91.090.AVM DCE.91.070.BVM DCE.91.050.BVM DCE.91.131.BVM DCE.91.091.BVM DCE.91.071.BVM DCE.91.051.BVM DCE.91.132.BVM DCE.91.132.CVM DCE.91.092.BVM DCE.91.092.AVM DCE.91.072.BVM
1B 1K 1S
Fig. 2
1.3 1.3 0.9 3041) 305 0.9 306/307 0.7 308 0.7 3021) 303
1 2 1 2 1 2
2B 2K 2S
Note: a wide variation of strand number and diameter combinations are quoted as being AWG, some of which do not have a large enough cross section to guarantee a crimp as per either MIL-C-22520/1-01 or /7-01. Our technical department is at your disposal to study and propose a solution to all your applications. Note: see table on page 51 for connector selection and the table on page 131 for contact selection.
www.lemo.com
304/305 1.3 1.40 1 1.3 1.10 2 3061) 307 1.3 0.80 2 0.9 1.10 1 308/310 0.9 0.80 2 0.9 0.45 2 312/314 0.7 0.80 1 316/318 0.7 0.45 2 319
28-30-32
149
male
female
3B 3K
These positioners are suitable for use with both manual and pneumatic crimping tools according to the MIL-C-22520/7-01 standard.
308/309 1.3 1.40 310 1.3 1.10 312/314 0.9 1.10 316/318 0.9 0.80
1 2 1 2
4B 4K
1.3 1.3 316/320 0.9 324/330 0.9 0.7 340/348 0.7 312
1 2 1 2 1 2
5B 5K
330/340 1.3 1.40 1 348 350/354 0.9 1.10 1 364 0.9 0.80 2
2B 2K
Note: these turrets can be used with manual crimping tool according to MIL-C-22520/1-01 standard.
302 303
1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2
3B 3K 4B 4K 5B 5K
302 3.0 2.9 303/304 2.0 2.4 309 2.0 1.9 305/306 1.6 1.9 307 1.6 1.4 304 3.0 2.0 306/307 2.0 1.6 310 1.6 304 310 4.0 3.0 2.0 314/316 2.0 1.6 320 1.6 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.9 1.4 4.0 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.9 1.4
DCK Retention testing tools for crimp contacts 0.5-0.7-0.9 and 1.3 mm diameter
Testing tool part number For male contact DCK.91.050.8LRC DCK.91.071.0LRC DCK.91.091.4LRC DCK.91.132.5LRC For female contact DCK.91.050.8LRM DCK.91.071.0LRM DCK.91.091.4LRM DCK.91.132.5LRM
150
www.lemo.com
DCF Automatic extraction tools for crimp contacts (not valid for FA and FW models)
Connector Type Contact A 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.5 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 Extractors part number For male and female contacts DCF.91.050.2LT DCF.91.090.2LT DCF.92.070.3LT DCF.91.050.2LT DCF.91.131.2LT DCF.91.090.2LT DCF.91.070.2LT DCF.91.050.2LT DCC.91.202.5LA 1) DCF.91.162.2LT DCF.91.131.2LT DCF.91.090.2LT DCF.91.070.2LT DCF.91.303.5LT DCC.91.202.5LA 1) DCF.91.163.5LT DCF.91.133.5LT DCF.91.093.5LT DCF.91.073.5LT DCF.91.303.5LT DCC.91.202.5LA 1) DCF.91.163.5LT DCF.91.133.5LT DCF.91.093.5LT DCF.91.073.5LT DCF.91.405.5LT DCF.91.303.5LT DCC.91.202.5LA 1) DCF.91.163.5LT DCF.91.133.5LT DCF.91.093.5LT
00 0B 0K 1B 1K 2B 2K 3B 3K
302/303/304 302/303 304/305 306/307/309 302/303 304/305 306/307/308 310/314/316 302 303 304/305/306/307 308/310 312/314/316/318/319 302 303/304/309 305/306/307 308/309/310 312/314/316/318 320/322/324/326/330 304 306/307 310 312 316/320/324/330 340/348 304 310 314/316 320 330/340/348 350/354/364
4B 4K
5B 5K
DCF Automatic extraction tools for crimp contacts (for FA and FW models)
Contact A (mm) Extractors part number For male and female contacts DCF.92.162.3LT DCF.92.131.3LT DCF.92.090.3LT DCF.92.070.3LT
0B/0K to 3B/3K
Note: extractor for FA of the 4B/4K and 5B/5K still need to be determinated.
www.lemo.com
151
Panel cut-outs
P1-P3-P4-P9
A+ 0.1 0 L mini
P2-P5-P10-P11
L mini
P6-P7
B + 0.1 0 H
P8
B + 0.1 0
A + 0.1 0
B series
Series 00 0B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B A 7.1 9.1 12.1 15.1 18.2 25.2 35.21) P1 B 6.4 8.3 10.6 13.6 16.6 23.6 33.6 L P2 A L A P3 B L A P4 B L P5 A2) L A P6 B H 34 A P8 B C 47 A 7.1 9.1 12.1 15.1 18.2 25.2 35.2 P9 B 8.3 10.6 13.6 16.6 23.6 33.6 L 12 15 19 23 27 36 47 P10 A L 11.1 17
12.5 7.1 11.5 14.5 9.1 13.5 14.1 12.6 20.1 10.1 9.1 15.0 8.30 10.5 18.5 16.1 14.6 22.0 14.1 12.6 21.0 11.17 14.0 22.5 19.2 17.1 28.0 16.1 15.1 23.0 13.95 18.0 27.0 20.2 18.6 29.5 36.0 25.2 23.6 36.1 44.0 35.2 33.6 47.1 3.3 35.2
2.8 35.2
Note: 1) for using the tapered washer a round hole 36 mm apply. 2) tolerance: + 0.02 0
Cut-out types
Model ECG EEG EGG EFG EHG EJG EKG Type P1 P1 P1 P2 P1 P5 P1 Model ENG ENY ESG EXG EYG FAG FWG Type P1 P1 P1/P2 P2/P10 P1/P10 P1 P9 Model HCG HEG HGG HHG HMG HNG PEG Type P3 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P1 Model PFG PKG Rqq Sqq XBG XPF XRB Type P1 P1 P4 P4/P93) P2 P2 P2 Model YHG Type P9
Note: 4) these values apply when metal shell are mounted with insulating washer.
S series
Series 00 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S
1) for
P2 A L 7.1 9.1 12.1 15.1 18.2 25.2 35.2 48.3 11.5 13.5 19.0 21.5 27.0 34.0 44.0 58.0
L 15 18 23 29 36 47 60
P5 A2) L
P6 B
P7 B
P10 A L
P11 A L
11.92 15.5 3.3 12.1 12.7 3.3 15.1 15.5 3.3 18.2 18.0 4.4 35.2 36.8
9.1 16 17 12.1 19
Note: using the tapered washer a round hole 36 mm apply. 2) tolerance: + 0.02 0
Cut-out types
Model EBC EBD EBS ECP EEP EHP Note:
152
3) 5)
Type P6 P6 P7 P1 P1 P2/P1
Type P1 P1 P1 P1 P2 P2/P10
Series 0S 1S 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S
Torque (Nm) Metal shell Plastic shell6) 2.5 4.5 6.0 9.0 12.0 17.0 22.0 0.4 0.7 0.8 1.0 5.0
in series 6S use P2. use only A in 1S series. in series 4S and 5S use P2.
Note: 6) these values apply when metal shell are mounted with insulating washer.
www.lemo.com
K series
Series 0K 1K 2K 3K 4K 5K A 14.1 16.1 20.2 24.2 30.2 45.2 P1 B 12.6 14.6 18.6 22.6 28.6 42.6 L 20.5 22.5 29.0 35.5 43.0 57.0 A 3.5 3.5 4.5 P6 B H A 3.5 3.5 4.5 P7 B H
Cut-out types
Model EBG EDG EEG EGG EHG ENG Type P7 P72) P1 P1 P1 P1 Model EVG FAG FXG HEG HGG PBG Type P1 P1 P6 P1 P1 P73) Model PEG PKG S Type P1 P1 P1
1 N = 0.102 kg
Note: 2) for this model dimension B = 18.1. 3) for this model dimension B = 19.1.
E and L series
Series 0E-0L 1E-1L 2E-2L 3E 4E 5E 6E A 14.1 16.1 20.2 24.2 30.2 45.2 55.3 P1 B 12.6 14.6 18.6 22.6 28.6 42.6 52.1 P6 L 20.5 22.5 29.0 35.5 43.0 57.0 68.0 A 2.9 B H 15.1 11.8x20.4
1 N = 0.102 kg
Panel cut-out for mounting with double panel washer (S-B series)
GRC
A
0.1 A+ 0
Dim. (mm) A B 8.9 10.9 13.9 18.0 21.9 29.1 8.1 10.0 12.3 16.3 20.3 27.4
H
0.1 B +0
L mini
Note: for nut tightening torques please refer to the corresponding series in the table on page 152.
www.lemo.com
153
PCB drilling pattern Fixed socket with straight print contact (B-K series)
302
A
Dimensions B 1.35 2.30 3.00 4.60 5.60 Dimensions B 2.8 3.4 5.2 6.7
304
A
C
305 C 45 45 45 45 45 306 C
A
C 72 72 72 72
306
A 0.6 0.8
A 0.8 0.8
C 72 72
0B-0K 1B-1K
60 60
C
B
C
307
A
308 C 60 60 60 60
A
C
Series 1B-1K
B
A 0.8
Dimensions B 3.8
C 5126
308
A
C
A 0.8 0.8
309 C 45 45
A
C
A 0.6 0.8
C 45 45
310
D
Dimensions B C D
312 H
C
Series
D
Dimensions B C D
314
C
Series
3
36
2B-2K 3B-3K
316 I
A
D
Series 1B-1K
H B
A 0.6
Dimensions B D
6
H B
72
154
www.lemo.com
316
72
Series
D
Dimensions B D E
318 H
C D
Series
E
Dimensions C D E
0.8 6.6 3244' 1622 3.10 0.8 8.4 3244' 1622 3.86 0.6 10.5 3244' 1622 5.00
A
2B-2K 3B-3K
H B
319
C
D
Series
E
Dimensions C D E
320 H
D
H
Dimensions C D
2B-2K
0.6 8.62 5126 2742 4.78 0.6 11.00 5126 2742 6.00
322
C
E
D
2B-2K.326
2543'
0
3B-3K.326
2543'
0
3B-3K.330
90
5.7
4.2
5.6
7.0
1115'
1115'
1.6
2.1
22 30 '
40
40
0.6
0.6
22 30 '
0.6
0.6
2.6
7.2
2B-2K.332
4B-4K.340
26 '
4B-4K.348
5B-5K.350
0.6
5.3
12 0
2.2
12
72
36
11.64
51
13.73
8.36
4.24
8.65
4.6
0.6
0.6
7.94
12
2111'
178'34''
40
1540
'
24 40
5B-5K.354
73
15
5B-5K.364
0'
11 15'
0.6
135 1'
14.96
2230'
14.2
19.4
60
2741'32''
0.6
7'
www.lemo.com
10.08
19.84
3.8
5.05
19.2
0.6
3.1
2' 274 8 1
24
3.1
2.2
7.4
155
11.4
12
12
Series 3B-3K
Dimensions C D E
324 H
C
Dimensions C D E
0.6 8.8 45 2543' 1.8 5.30 0.6 11.1 45 2543' 2.2 6.65
4B-4K.330
36
90
36
36
18
00 0B 0K 1B 1K 2B 2K 3B 3K 4B 4K 5B 5K
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5
0B 1B 2B
E
0.7
3.0
L L
Note: This table does not apply for socket H; socket EH and plugs FA/FW.
Fixed socket for printed circuit (B series) Holes for fixing the housing
EYG-EZG
B
P16
Series
A
XPF.0B
B
Series
A
0B
156
www.lemo.com
P17 302
A
2.54
303
A L
304
A
Series
3
3 1 2
2.54
2.54
0B-0K.305
0.7
5 1 2 3 4
1B-1K.305
5
2B-2K.305
0.7 0.9
4 1 3 2
0B-0K / 1B-1K.306
0.7
5 4 6 4
2.54 2.54
1 2 3
1.27
1.27
3 2
2.54 2.54
2.54 2.54
2.54 2.54
1.27
2.54 2.54
2B-2K.306
4
0B-0K / 1B-1K.307
5
2B-2K.307
5
1B-1K.308
0.7
6 13 12 2 2 3 3 4 5 8 18 12 13 1 14 2 15 5 3 4 16 6 17 7 7 6 5 1 2 8 4 3
0.9
0.7
6 1 2
7 1 2 3
7 1 2 3
1.27
1.27
0.9
1.27
2.54 2.54
2.54 2.54
2.54 2.54
0.92
2.54 2.54
2B-2K.308 / 3B-3K.308
1B-1K / 2B-2K.310
2B-2K / 3B-3K.312
2.54 2.54 2.54
7 6
1B-1K / 2B-2K.314
8
0.7
0.7
1 2 3
5 4
0.9
8 9 1 2 3 10
8 1
12 9
11 10
5 4
10 11 1
14
2.54
1.27
2.54 2.54
1.27
3B-3K.314
8 9 10 11 1 2 3 12 4 14 13 5 7 6
2B-2K / 3B-3K.316
9 8 7 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 13 14 5 16 15 6
2B-2K.318
10 11 9 8 18 13 1 2 3 4 14 15 5 17 16 6 7
3B-3K.318
10 11 9
0.7
0.7
12
0.7
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
2.54
5.08
2.54
2B-2K.319
3B-3K.320
11 10 9 20 14 1 15 2 16 3 4 5 17 6 18 7 19 8
3B-3K.324
11 12 13 22 14 15 23 19 24 16 2 3 4 17 5 18 6 7 21 20 8 10 9
3B-3K.330
0.7
10 11 12 13 1 2 3 14 18 19
0.7
8 17 16 15 5 4 6 7
12 13
14 15 26
13
12
11 10
25 30
24
23 9
0.7
0.7
16 17 1 18 2 3 4 19 27
29 28 20
22 8 21 7
1.27
1.27 1.27
1.27
1.27
www.lemo.com
0.7
0.7
2.54 2.54
157
P18
P19
0.8 0.6
0.8
5.08
0.8 0.6
0.63
1.27
5.08
1.9 1.27
1.9 1.27
1.9
1.27
7.62
7.62
7.62
0.8 2.54
0.8 2.54
0.8 2.54
0.8 2.54
7.62
7.62
7.62
0.8 2.54
0.8 2.54
0.8 2.54
0.8 2.54
7.62
7.62
7.62
0.8 2.54
0.8 2.54
7.62
7.62
0.8 1.27
7.62
0.8 1.27
0.8 1.27
P20 - EPG.1B.314
12.7 1.27 0.7 12.7 1.7
7.62
0.8 1.27
7.62
2.54
Note: 1) for the XRB.00 series the holes for shell fixing are different (see p. 30). 2) the dimensions for the EPG.00.303.HLN and XBG.00.303.HLN models are given on page 23. For other models please contact factory.
158 www.lemo.com
7.62
7.62
7.62
7.62
P21 303
C
C 45 45 60
304
Dimensions B 2.8 3.5 5.0 Dimensions B 3.5 5.5 6.5 Dimensions B C 6.5 7.8 45 45
A 0.8 0.8
D 45 60
306
A
D
C
C 45 45
F 3.25 3.90
60
0.8
308
D
C
A 0.8 0.8
A 0.8 0.8
3S-3E.312
6 x 1.2 3.2 1.3
3S-3E.313
6 x 1.2 3.2 1.3
3S-3E.314
3S-3E.316
8x1 1.2 2.9 0.8
0.8
3S-3E.318
8x1 1.2 2.9
0.8
0.8
Type
0.8
Type
Dimensions C L 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
0S 0E 1S 1E
2S 2E 3S 3E
Note: This table does not apply for HGP and EHP sockets and for FAA plugs.
www.lemo.com 159
P22
5.08
2.54
2.54
7.62
7.62
0.8
1.1
2.54
2.54
2.54
2.54
2.54
P24 302
A
2.54
303
A C
304
A
3 2
0.7 0.7
4 3
2.54
2.54
305
2.54 2.54
1 2 5
306
1 6 5 4
Series
2.4 2.4
2 3
1S-1E 2S-2E
2.54 2.54
2.54
2S-2E.307
2S-2E.308
2S-2E / 3S-3E.310
3S-3E.312
1.2
0.7
1 2
7 11 8 9 12 10
0.7
0.7
1 2
7 6
7 6
7 9 10 6 4 5
1 4
2.5
3 4 5
3 4 5
1.27
1.25
2 6
1.2
2.54 2.54
1.75
1.75
3S-3E.314
3S-3E.316
1.2
4 1 5 2 6 3 7
8 12 13 10 14 11 4 1 9
9 13 10 14 15
0.7
6 2
2.4
3 7 8 11
1.2
16 12
1.2
160
0.7
www.lemo.com
0.7
2.4
1B1)
2B
L T
3B
4B
5B1)
0.5 0.9 0.7 0.5 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.3 2.0 0.9 0.7 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 6.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9
M4
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M4 Solder Crimp L S T L S T 9.5 9.5 10.0 8 8 8 3.0 3.0 2.5 13.0 13.0 13.5 8 8 8 4.0 4.0 3.0
0B
Note: the tolerances on these dimensions are: L: 0.5 mm; S: 0.5 mm; T: 0.2 mm. 1) In 0B and 1B series, L and S dimensions shall be increased by 2 mm for the largest collet (D56 in 0B series; D76 in 1B series). In 5B series, L and S dimensions shall be increased by 13 mm for the largest collet (D25). 2) Crimp contacts are available only for connectors fitted with male contacts.
www.lemo.com
161
M2
straight plug, long version, clamping type D or M (solder or crimp contacts) Connector Series
L T
Type 302/303 304/305 306/307/308 310/314/316 302 303 304/305/306/307 308/310 312/314/316/318/319 326/332
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M2 Solder Crimp L S T L S T 39.0 39.0 39.0 42.0 49.0 49.0 48.0 47.0 47.0 47.0 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 3.5 3.0 3.0 2.5 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0 2.5 43.0 43.0 43.0 53.0 53.0 50.0 49.0 49.0 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.5 5.5 4.0 4.0 4.0
1B1)
contact A (mm) 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5
2B
Note: 1) In 0B and 1B series, L and S dimensions shall be increased by 2 mm for the largest collet (D56 in 0B series; D76 in 1B series). In 5B series, L and S dimensions shall be increased by 13 mm for the largest collet (D25). The tolerances on these dimensions are: L: 0.5 mm; S: 0.5 mm; T: 0.2 mm
0K
1K
2K
L T
3K
4K
5K
0.9 0.7 0.5 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.5 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.3 2.0 0.9 0.7 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 0.7 6.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9
Note: 1) crimp contacts are available only for connectors fitted with male contacts. The tolerances on these dimensions are: L: 0.5 mm; S: 0.5 mm; T: 0.2 mm.
162 www.lemo.com
1K
L T
2K
3K
4K
Type 113 116 120 130 130 140 140 160 140 160 112
L 9 11 13 13 18 18 21 21 25 25 12
M1 Solder S 4 5 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 15
T 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 9 7 9 12
contact A (mm)
L 17
M6 Crimp S 5
T 7
00 0S 1S 2S
S
3S 4S 5S
1.3 1.6 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 4.0 6.0 12.0
www.lemo.com
163
Series
L T
Type 113 116 120 130 130 140 140 160 140 160
contact A (mm)
Connector
L 16 19 25 25 34 34 39 39 50 50
T 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 9 7 9
00 0S 1S
S
2S 3S 4S
1.3 1.6 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 4.0 6.0
contact A (mm)
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M1 L 11 11 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 18 21 21 21 21 21 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Solder S 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 T 3.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 L 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 22 22 22 22 22 Crimp S 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 T 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 L 11 11 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 18 Solder S 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 T 3.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 M3 L 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 22 22 22 22 22 Crimp S 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 T 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Type
1S
L T
3S
4S
0.9 0.7 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 0.9 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.9
164
www.lemo.com
Type
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M1 M3 Solder Solder L S T L S T 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 9.0 9.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 4.5 4.5 6.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 10.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 9.0 9.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 4.5 4.5 6.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 10.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 4.5 4.0 4.0
L T
320 322 324 330/336/340/344/348 304 312/318 320/324 330/336/348 360 364/372 106
6S
contact A (mm) 6.0 6.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 1.6 1.6 3.0 1.6 1.6 1.3 8.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9 contact A (mm) 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9
Series
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M4 Solder Crimp L S T L S T 48 48 48 48 48 9 9 9 9 9 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 52 52 52 52 52 9 9 9 9 9 5.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
2S
307 308/310
www.lemo.com
165
contact A (mm)
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M2 L 19 19 25 25 25 25 25 34 34 34 34 34 39 39 39 39 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Solder S 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 T 3.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 9.0 9.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 4.5 4.5 6.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 L 23 23 28 28 28 28 28 38 38 38 38 38 Crimp S 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 T 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Type
1S
L T
306 307 308/309/310 312/313/314 316/318/320/322/324 302 303 304 305 306/308 310/312
5S
0.9 0.7 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 0.9 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.9 6.0 6.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 1.6 1.6 3.0 1.6 1.6 1.3
166
www.lemo.com
Type 116 120 130 130 140 140 160 160 112
0E 1E 2E
S
3E 4E 5E
Series
T
contact A (mm)
Connector
contact A (mm)
L 25 26 28 27 36 37 50
T 5 5 6 6 7 9 9
1E 2E 3E 4E
L T
1E
S
0.9 0.7 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9
www.lemo.com
167
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M1 M3 Solder Solder L S T L S T 18 18 18 18 18 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 9.0 9.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 4.5 4.5 6.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 9.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 7.0 4.0 8.0 7.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 39 39 39 39 39 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
5E
314 316 318 320 322 324 330/336/340/344/348 303 304 312 316/320/324 330/332
6E
168
contact A (mm) 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 0.9 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 0.9 6.0 6.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 1.6 1.6 3.0 1.6 1.6 1.3 6.0 8.0 5.0 3.0 2.0 1.3 5.0 2.0 1.6 1.3 0.9
www.lemo.com
contact A (mm)
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M2 L 24 24 24 24 24 27 27 27 27 27 35 35 35 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Solder S 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 T 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 L 28 28 28 28 28 31 31 31 31 31 Crimp S 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 T 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Type
2E
3E
4E
1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 0.9 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.3 1.3 0.9
www.lemo.com
169
L T
1L
S
0.9 0.7 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9
Cable stripping lengths (mm) M2 Solder Crimp L S T L S T 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 31.0 30.0 30.0 29.0 29.0 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 28.5 32.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
1L
2L
307 308/310
170
contact A (mm) 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.6 1.3 1.3 0.9 0.9
www.lemo.com
Technical characteristics
Outer shell
Brass In most cases, LEMO connectors have a brass outer shell which is suitable for most general purpose applications, including civilian and military. The brass outer shells have a chrome nickel-plated surface which ensures very good protection against industrial atmosphere, salt air and most corrosive agents. Alternative protective coatings are available to satisfy other specific environmental conditions: electrolytic nickel nickel-gold nickel-black chrome. After the black chrome treatment, the part is coated with a protective organic film. Stainless steel For applications where there are severe environmental conditions that may rapidly damage the surface finish, we recommend using stainless steel. The AISI 303 stainless steel is a material for general use adapted to most applications requiring a product made entirely of stainless metal. For the nuclear industry where elements are subject to radiation and to vaporous nitric acid, we offer AISI 304 stainless steel. Grade AISI 316L is recommended for medical applications, highly demanding with regard to non-corrosiveness. This material is also used for connector shells soldered by electronic beam onto a device made of the same stainless steel. These parts have no surface treatment. Aluminium alloy The aluminium alloy outer shells find numerous applications where light weight is a predominant factor; such as in the aeronautics and space industries, and for portable and mobile equipment. These materials have high mechanical strength and excellent resistance to corrosion. The shell surface is protected by anodizing which is available in six colours: blue, yellow, black, red, green, and natural. Plastic materials Some connector model shells can be made of plastic. This solution offers optimum electrical insulating properties particularly suitable for medical applications. Black Polyoxymethylene (POM) is particularly adapted to products of the 00 or S series. Grey or white polysulfone (PSU) and beige PEEK offers excellent mechanical properties and is suitable for gas or vapour sterilization. Some models of the 2B and 3B series are available with an outer shell of cream-coloured polyphenylsulfone (PPSU). We recommend this material particularly for applications where products are to withstand hundreds of vapour sterilization cycles. Bridge plug or plugs with parallel sockets are made of polyamide (PA.6) available in 9 colours: blue, white, grey, yellow, brown, black, red, orange and green. Some elbow socket shells for printed circuits are overmoulded in polyphenilene sulfide (PPS). Other metallic components In general, most metallic components are manufactured in brass. However, bronze or beryllium copper are used where good elasticity is required (for example: earthing crown). Depending on the application, these parts have electrolytic nickel or nickel-gold plating. These parts can also be manufactured in stainless steel. Sealing gasket In general, sealing gaskets are made of silicone rubber MQ/MVQ. However, for vacuumtight sockets and couplers, gaskets are made of fluorosilicone rubber (FPM). Sealing resin An epoxy resin is used to seal both watertight and vacuumtight socket and coupler models.
www.lemo.com
171
Outer shell, collet nut, conical nut or notched nut and oversized collet
Earthing crown
Brass (UNS C 38500) 0.5 Stainless steel (AISI 303, 304 or 316L) Aluminium alloy (AA 6262A or AA 6023) Aluminium alloy (AA 6262A or AA 6023) POM (Delrin or Ertacetal), Polyoxymethylene, black PEEK, Polyether ethercetone, beige PSU (Udel), Polysulfone, grey or white PPSU (Radel), Polyphenylsulfone, cream PA.6 (Grilon), Polyamid PPS (Ryton), Polyphenilene sulfide, brown Bronze (UNS C 54400) or special brass Beryllium Copper (UNS C 17300) Stainless steel (AISI 416 or 316L) 0.5 Special brass Stainless steel (AISI 416 or 316L) Bronze (UNS C 52100) Brass (UNS C 38500) Stainless steel (AISI 303, 304 or 316L) Aluminium alloy (AA 6262A or AA 6023) Brass (UNS C 38500) Stainless steel (AISI 303, 304 or 316L) Silicone MQ/MVQ or FPM/FKM (Viton) Epoxy (Araldite or Stycast)
4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10)
0.3 0.5 3 0.5 3 without treatment 5 anodized 0.5 3 0.5 3 0.5 3 0.5 3 without treatment 0.3 0.5 3 0.5 3 without treatment 0.5 3 0.5 3
2) 3) 4) 4) 5) 6)
7) 8) 9)
9)
0.5
10) 10)
0.5
11)
Notes: standards for surface treatment are as follows: chrome-plated: FS QQ-C-320B nickel-plated: FS QQ-N-290A, or MIL-C-26074C gold-plated: ISO 4523 black chrome: MIL-C-14538C with a minimum of 10 m of lacquer protection 1) anthracite colour (other colours upon request) 2) for FFP, PCP and ERN models of the 0S to 3S series 3) for FFP, PCP and ERN models of the 0S to 3S series and FGG and ENG models of the 1B, 3B and 4B series
for the FGY and ENY models of the 2B and 3B series for bridge plugs of the B series for S and B series elbow sockets for printed circuits gold-plating for unipole types used in 00 series free and fixed sockets and couplers AISI 416 steel is used with shells made of AISI 303 or 304 delivered with free and fixed sockets with aluminium alloy or stainless steel shell 11) FPM/FKM (Viton) o-ring and gaskets are installed upon special request. However standard for vacuumtight models.
ASTM D 792 1.4 ASTM D 638/ ISO R527 MPa 70-80 ASTM D 790/ ISO R178 MPA ASTM D 149/IEC 60243 kV/mm 60 ASTM D 257/IEC 60093 cm 1015 ASTM D 257 1013 ASTM C 177 W/K m 0.31 IEC 60112 V CTI 600 UL 746 C 90 UL 746 C -50 C 140 ASTM D 570/ISO R62A % 0.85 Gy1) 8x103 ASTM D 635/UL 94 HB bad
1.24 1.3 1.67 1.14 ~1.2 70 70 121 55 >9 106 91 179 75 17-20 15 17 35 18-30 5x1016 1016 1015 1014 0.26 0.3 CTI 150 CTI 200 CTI 600 140 180 220 80 200 -60 -50 -60 -40 -50 160 200 250 150 > 250 0.3 0.37 < 0.05 >3 105 > 107 5x103 105 V-0/4.4 V-0/1.6 V-0/5V V-2 good excel. excel. bad good
~1.9 1.58 > 12 16 24 15 1014 0.8 CTI>600 200 80 -20 -20 300 120 0.25 8x104 2x106 V-0/4 good bad
172
www.lemo.com
9 14 14 15 12 17 20 40 60 70 7 9 11 10 12 11 14 25 40 55 120 140 300 250 400 350 500 650 750 900
Watertight series Fd
Force (N) Fv Fd Fa 0E 0L 1E 1L Series 2E 2L 3E 4E 5E 6E
14 14 16 16 20 20 32 65 85 100 9 9 10 10 13 13 25 40 60 75 250 250 300 300 400 400 550 700 800 900
Keyed series Fa
Force (N) Fv Fd Fa Series 00 0B 1B 2B 2G 3B 4B 5B 9 10 14 15 12 17 39 48 7 8 11 12 12 14 38 38 120 250 300 400 400 550 700 800
Fv: average latching force. Fd: average unmating force with axial pull on the outer shell. Fa: average pull force with axial pull on the collet nut
Notes: forces were measured on outer shells not fitted with contacts. Mechanical endurance: 5000 cycles. Mechanical endurance represents the number of cycles after which the latching system is still effective (1 cycle = 1 latching/unlatching at 300 cycles per hour). The values were measured according to the standard IEC 60512-7 test 13a.
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and shielding efficiency The electromagnetic compatibility of a device can only be ensured by meeting a number of basic rules with the design of the device and by carefully selecting components, cables and connectors.
Transfer impedance
Electrical and electronic devices are to be designed to ensure the following: a) reduce the emission of generated electromagnetic disturbance to a level where radios and telecommunication and other devices can properly function; b) electromagnetic immunity against electromagnetic disturbance so that they can properly function. When selecting a connector, screen or shielding efficiency and low resistance to electric continuity between the cable and the connector should be considered. The design of LEMO connectors with metal shell and earthing crown guarantee optimum shielding efficiency in all applications where electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) is critical. The performance of a connector is measured through shielding efficiency, a value that represents the ratio between the electromagnetic field on the outside and the inside of the shell. Our measurements are carried out according to the IEC 60169-1-3 standard.
1G
(Hz)
Frequency
FGG + PHG.1B
FGG + PHG.1K
The performance of S and B series connectors is comparable to the results of measurements carried out on a pair of FGG + PHG.1B connectors. The performance of E and K series connectors is comparable to the results of measurements carried out on a pair of FGG + PHG.1K connectors.
www.lemo.com
R1 Values with earthing crown and latch sleeve or inner-sleeve nickelplated. R2 Values with gold-plated earthing crown and nickel-plated latch sleeve or inner sleeve.
Standard series
Series 00 0S 1D 1S 2C R1 (m) 3.5 2.8 2.5 2.2 R2 (m) 2.8 1.6 1.1 1.5 Series 2S 3S 4S 5S 6S R1 (m) 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.0 R2 (m) 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.0 0.5
mV
Keyed series
Series 00 0B 1B 2B
G
Series 2G 3B 4B 5B
mV
mV
174
www.lemo.com
Insulator
Plastic material used by LEMO for manufacturing insulators is selected according to the electric and thermal properties required for the various connector types. Characteristics examined for the two connector types are: Dielectric strength; Comparative tracking index; Surface and volume resistivity; Continuous service temperature; Water absorption; Radiation resistance; Flammability rating Resistance to hydrocarbon. Mechanical and Electrical Properties Mechanical characteristics of thermoplastics, such as PA 6.6, and PEEK, are improved by the addition of glass fibres. By adding glass fibres in the resin the performance of this material (mechanical strength and radiation resistance) is enhanced and water absorption rate is reduced. From an electric point of view, the addition of glass fibres improves dielectric strength. Selection of the insulator A number of thermoplastics have common characteristics, some of them are identical with other insulating materials. In this case, the insulator material is selected according to the specific difference in features to provide all the required parameters for the given type. Technical characteristics
Type Dielectric strength Volume resistivity at 50% RH and 23C Surface resistivity Thermal conductivity Comparative tracking index Dielectric constant (106 Hz) Dissipation factor (106 Hz) Maximum continuous service temperature Maximum short-time service temperature Minimum continuous service temperature Water absorption in 24h at 23C Radiation resistance Flammability rating Standard ASTM D 149 / IEC 60243 ASTM D 257 / IEC 60093 ASTM D 257 / IEC 60093 ASTM C 177 IEC 60112 ASTM D 150 / IEC 60250 ASTM D 150 / IEC 60250 UL 746 ASTM D 570 / ISO R624 ASTM D 635 / UL 94 Units kV/mm cm W/K m V C C C % Gy PA6.6 15-17 5.8x1015 1012 0.21 CTI 600 4 120 150 < 0.7 5x103 PEEK 19-25 1016 1015 0.25 CTI 150 3.2-3.5 < 0.005 250 300 -55 < 0.3 107 V-0/3.2 PTFE 17.2-24 1018 1017 0.23 CTI 500 2-2.1 < 0.0003 260 300 -200 < 0.01 2x102 V-0 FEP 20 > 1016 > 1016 0.24 2.1 < 0.001 200 260 -200 < 0.01 2x104 V-0 PI 22 > 1016 > 1015 0.35 3.6 < 0.0034 350 480 0.24 106 Damage
Radiation resistance
PA 6.6 PEEK PTFE FEP PI 103 rads Gray (Gy) 101 104 102 105 103 106 104 107 105 108 106 109 1010 7 10 108 Radiation dose
Minimum to slight (almost available usable) Slight to medium (often satisfactory) Medium to serious (not usable)
Note: technical data in this chapter provide general information on plastics used by LEMO as electrical insulators. LEMO reserves the right to propose new materials with better technical characteristics, and to withdraw, without notice, any material mentioned in the present catalogue or any other publications edited by LEMO S.A. and/or its subsidiaries. LEMO SA and its subsidiaries use only plastic granules, powder or bars supplied by specialized companies, and thus cannot in any case take responsibility with regard to this material.
Note: values of insulation resistance between contacts are given on page 177. Designation chemical Polyamide (glass fitted) Polyether Ethercetone Polytetrafluorethylene Tetrafluorethylene Polyimide First choice alternative Special order alternative Unipole S E Multipole B K 2C 2G 1D
00
00
www.lemo.com
175
Electrical contact
Technical description The secure reliable electromechanical connection achieved with LEMO female cylindrical contacts is mainly due to two important design features : 1. Prod proof entry on the mating side which ensures perfect concentric mating even with carelessly handled connectors. 2. The pressure spring, with good elasticity, maintains a constant even force on the male contact when mated. The leading edge of the pressure spring preserves the surface treatment (gold-plated) and prevents undue wear.
Contact material and treatment LEMO female contacts are made of bronze beryllium (QQC-530) or bronze (UNS C 54400). These materials are chosen because of their high modulus of elasticity, their excellent electrical conductivity and a high mechanical strength. LEMO male solder and print contacts are made of brass (UNS C 38500). Male crimp contacts are made of brass (UNS C 34500) or annealed brass (UNS C 38500) with optimum hardness (HV) for crimping onto the wire.
Type Material (standard) Brass (UNS C 34500) Brass (UNS C 38500) Brass (UNS C 38500) Bronze (UNS C 54400) Cu-Be (FS QQ-C-530) Cu-Be (FS QQ-C-530) Stainless steel Brass Surf. treatment (m) Cu Ni Au1) 0.5 3 1.0
Au Ni Cu Bronze or brass
Male crimp Male print Female crimp Female print Clips Wire2)
0.5
3 33)
1.5
Notes: the standard surface treatment are as follows: nickel: FS QQ-N-290A or MIL-C-26074C gold: ISO 4523. 1) minimum value 2) for elbow print contacts 3) treatment completed by 6 m Sn (lead free) tin-plating
Thickness comparison between the outside and the inside of female contacts
P 2.5
Contact A (mm) 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 12.01)
Gold thickness female male (m) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 outside (m) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 inside (%) 65 70 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
P 2.5
176
www.lemo.com
Contact resistance with relation to the number of mating cyles (measured according to IEC 60512-2 test 2a) Average values measured after the mating cycles and the salt spray test according to IEC 60512-6 test 11f.
A (mm) 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.0 Contact resistance (m) 1000 3000 5000 cycles cycles cycles 7.5 5.6 4.1 2.8 2.6 2.9 8.3 5.7 4.2 2.9 2.7 3.1 8.7 6.1 4.8 3.6 3.5 3.3 A (mm) 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 12.0 Contact resistance (m) 1000 3000 5000 cycles cycles cycles 2.0 1.6 1.4 1.2 0.8 0.7 2.2 2.0 3.1 2.8
Insulation resistance between the contacts and contact/shell (measured according to IEC 60512-2 test 3a)
Solder contacts The conductor bucket of these contacts is machined at an angle to form a cup into which the solder can flow. See page 7 for the range of cable dimensions that can be soldered. Crimp contacts The square form crimp method is used (MIL-C-22520F, class I, type 2) photo 1 for unipole contacts. For multipole contacts the standard four identer crimp method is used, MIL-C-22520F, class I, type 1), photo 2. The crimp method requires a controlled compression to obtain a symmetrical deformation of the conductor strand and of the contact material. The radial hole in the side of the contact makes it possible to check whether the conductor is correctly positioned within the contact. A good crimping is characterized by only slightly reduced conductor section and practically no gap. For optimum crimping of bronze or brass contacts they are annealed to relieve internal stress and reduce material hardening during the crimping process. Only the crimping zone is annealed with the help of an induction heating machine designed by the LEMO Research and Development Department (see photo 3). Advantages of crimping practical, quick contact fixing outside the insulator possible use at high temperature no risk of heating the insulator during the conductorcontact fixing high tensile strength Crimp contacts are available in standard version (form 1) for mounting maximum size conductors. For some dimensions, these crimp contacts can be produced with reduced crimp barrels (form 2) for mounting reduced size conductors. 1 2 3
Crimp contacts The crimp contacts can be with two forms: a standard crimp barrel for large conductors (see fig. 1) or with a reduced crimp barrel for smaller conductors (see fig. 2).
Fig. 1
The range of cable dimensions that can be crimped into our contacts are indicated on the table on page 7.
Fig. 2
www.lemo.com
177
Print contacts Print contacts are available in straight or elbow versions for certain connector types, mostly for straight and elbow socket models. Connection is made on flexible or rigid printed circuits by soldering. Straight print contacts are gold-plated which guarantees optimum soldering, even after long-term storage. However
straight
for wave soldering, we recommend removal the gold-plating from the contact end on the printed circuit side before soldering according to the assembly procedures. Print elbow contacts include a tinned lead free brass wire crimped into a crimp contact.
elbow
Test voltage Test voltage (Ue) : (measured according to the IEC 60512-2 test 4a standard) It corresponds to 75% of the mean breakdown voltage. Test voltage is applied at 500 V/s and the test duration is 1 minute. This test has been carried out with a mated plug and socket, with power supply only on the plug end. Operating voltage (Us) : It is proposed according to the following ratio : Us = Ue 3 Caution: For a number of applications, safety requirements for electrical appliances are more severe with regard to operating voltage. In such cases operating voltage is defined according to creepage distance and air clearance) between live parts. Please consult us for the choice of a connector by indicating the safety standard to be met by the product. Rated current (measured according to IEC 60512-3 test 5a) The specified rated current can be applied simultaneously to all the contacts. It corresponds with an average temperature rise of 40C of the connector. The current values are indicated in the table of insulator types in each series. For use at higher temperatures acceptable rated current will be lower. It tends towards zero as the material is used at the maximum operating temperature accepted for the insulator. In most case the current depend on the conductor dimension (see table on page 183) or on the printed circuit dimension. Caution: In general, connectors should not be unmated while live. For connectors with PEEK insulator, maximum admissible current will follow the curve below depending on the operating temperature T. Voltage values are given in the table on insulator types for each series. They correspond with values measured at sea level. They are adapted to all applications up to an altitude of 2000 m. In case a device is used at a higher altitude, air clearance between live parts has to be multiplied by the following coefficients. It means also that test voltage has to be divided by this coefficient.
250
178
www.lemo.com
Cable fixing
Cables are fixed into LEMO connectors with cable collet systems. These collets with latches have a design which is very similar to those used for tool machines. This solution guarantees excellent cable retention and ensures perfectly symmetrical deformation of the cable. The 00 multipole series is also available with hexagonal crimping (MIL-C-22520F). Material and treatment
Component Center piece Collet Crimp ferrule Reducer Reducing cone Earthing cone Metal washer Gasket Material (standard) Brass (UNS C 38500) Brass (UNS C 38500) Copper (UNS C 18700) Brass (UNS C 38500) Brass (UNS C 38500) Brass (UNS C 38500) Brass (UNS C 38500) Silicone MQ/MVQ FPM (Viton)2) Surface treatment (m) Gold Nickel1) Cu Ni Cu Ni Au 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0.5 3 0.5
Notes: 1) standards for surface treatment are as follows: nickel-plated: FS QQ-N-290A. 2) available upon special request.
Type D
3
Plug and socket collet nut reducing cone collet reducer split insert carriers insulator + contacts housing subassy. Elbow plug collet nut reducing cone collet reducer elbow outlet insert carrier insulator + contacts housing subassy. hex cap
Type M
9 7 6 5
www.lemo.com
179
6 1 8 7 5 4
Type C
3 2
Plug and socket collet nut collet metal washer flexible gasket earthing cone split insert carriers insulator + contacts housing subassy. Elbow plug collet nut collet metal washer flexible gasket earthing cone split insert carrier elbow inner shell insulator + contacts hex cap housing subassy.
1 6 10 8 7 9
Type K
8 7 6 5 4 3 2
Plug and socket collet nut collet metal washer flexible gasket earthing cone split centre-pieces insulator + contacts housing subassy. w. oversized back
S series (C, L and K cable clamping) See assembly instructions under www.lemo.com.
1 4 3 2
5 6 5
F
Type K
Type L
5 6 3
1 5
P
Plug and socket collet nut collet oversize collet housing (type K) earthing centre-piece (type C) split centre-pieces (type K and C) insulator + contacts housing subassy. Elbow plug collet nut collet threaded sleeve bracket insulator + contacts insulating sleeve housing subassy.
Type C
4 6 7 5 6 8
FLA
180
www.lemo.com
Type K
9 7 8 6 5 4 3 2
1 6
8 9
7 8 1
Type C
5 6 10 8 7 9 1 4 3 2
FLA
Watertight series
0E 0.7 0L 0.7 1E 0.8 1L 0.8 Series 2E 2L 2 2 3E 3 4E 5 5E 8 6E 12
0.25 0.5
Keyed series
00 Torque (Nm) 0B 1B 1.5 Series 2B 2G 2.5 2.5 3B 4 4B 7 5B 10
0.25 0.5
Watertight series
0E 0.8 0L 0.8 1E 1 1L 1 Series 2E 2L 1.2 1.2 3E 1.5 4E 3 5E 5
Note: For applications subject to strong vibration, we recommend fixing the collet nut with epoxy resin. We recommend to tight to the maximum value. Optimal torque may depend on cable jacket design.
www.lemo.com
181
Technical tables
Table of American Wire Gauge
Construction AWG 0 1 2 4 6 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 1) 12 14 14 14 1) 14 16 1) 16 16 16 1) 16 18 1) 18 1) 18 18 18 18 20 1) 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 24 1) 24 24 24 26 26 26 28 1) 28 28 30 30 32 32 34 36 38 40
182
wire max (mm) 11.277 9.702 8.89 6.9596 5.5118 4.4450 4.3942 3.3020 2.9210 2.6162 2.3114 2.3622 2.5400 2.0828 2.0574 1.8542 2.0828 1.6510 1.5748 1.5748 1.4986 1.5494 1.3208 1.2700 1.2700 1.3208 1.2954 1.2700 1.0414 1.0160 1.0414 1.0160 0.9906 0.8382 0.8382 0.7874 0.6604 0.6604 0.6858 0.6350 0.5588 0.5588 0.5080 0.4318 0.4318 0.4064 0.3302 0.3302 0.2794 0.2794 0.2286 0.1693 0.127 0.1016 0.078 (in) 0.444 0.382 0.35 0.274 0.217 0.175 0.173 0.13 0.115 0.103 0.091 0.093 0.10 0.082 0.081 0.073 0.082 0.065 0.062 0.062 0.059 0.061 0.052 0.05 0.05 0.052 0.051 0.05 0.041 0.04 0.041 0.04 0.039 0.033 0.033 0.031 0.026 0.026 0.027 0.025 0.022 0.022 0.02 0.017 0.017 0.016 0.013 0.013 0.011 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003
AWG/ strand 24 30 26 25 27 30 29 30 26 10 28 25 20 12 30 27 22 14 34 30 29 24 16 36 34 30 30 26 18 36 32 30 28 20 34 30 22 40 36 32 24 38 34 26 40 36 28 38 30 40 32 34 36 38 40
Maximum current rating for conductor Maximum current on insulated conductors up to an ambiant temperature of 30 C (from VDE 0100, parts 430 and 532 as well as other VDE regulations).
Nominal section mm2 0.08 0.14 0.25 0.34 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.50 2.50 Group 2 Intens. max. A 1.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 26.0 Group 3 Intens. max. A 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 15.0 19.0 24.0 32.0
Group 2 Multi-conductor, e. g. solid cable under sheath, shielded cable, lead-sheath cables, Group 3 Single conductor and single conductor cable laid on open air in a way to leave at least a space between them equal to their diameter
l [] A
Where: = conductor resistivity l = conductor length A = conductor cross-section r = dielectric constant D = dielectric outer diameter d = center conductor outer diameter U1 = input signal voltage U2 = output signal voltage
Z =
D 138 log [] r d
q
U1 [dB] U2
Conversion of some units: millimeters into inches: inches into millimeters: centimeters into feet: feet (12 in) into centimeters: square centimeters into square inches: square inches into square centimeters: bar into pounds per square inch: bar into Pascal: C into F: newtonmeter (Nm) into inch pound (in lb)
q
1 mm = 0.0394 in 1 in = 25.4 mm 1 cm = 0.0328 ft 1 ft = 30.48 cm 1 cm2 = 0.155 sq in 1 sq in = 6.4516 cm2 1 bar = 14.51 psi 1 bar = 105 Pa F = C 1.8 + 32
q
1 Nm = 8.85 in lb
q
www.lemo.com
183
184
www.lemo.com